information handout - bidnet

INFORMATION HANDOUT For Contract No. 02-4G6204

At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by

Project ID 0214000029

1. TREATMENT PLANT LAYOUT

2. CFS, DP, DC, 40 GAL

3. CFS, SP, DC, 40 GAL

4. FILTER STATION, GS-CARBON

5. PUMP STATION, DP, 32 GPM, 30-60 PSI

6. BWS-GLSRAA-WT PROJECT

7. DWFS, BWS, PRICE QUOTES


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Rectangle

s121212

Line

DRA

WIN

G N

UM

BER

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DU

CTI

ON

IN P

ART

OR

AS

A W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E W

RITT

EN

SHEET 1 OF 1

MA

TERI

AL

THE

INFO

RMA

TIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

TH

IS

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROH

IBIT

ED.

SIZE

B

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FID

ENTI

AL

DRA

WIN

G IS

TH

E SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

TREA

TMEN

T PL

AN

T LA

YOU

T IN

TEN

TBE

EBE'

S W

ATE

R SY

STEM

S87

25 A

IRPO

RT R

DRE

DD

ING

, CA

REV

9600

2

SALY

ER P

LAN

VIE

WM

OD

EL N

UM

BER

SCALE: DNS

REV 0.01

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDTHIS DRAWING SHOWS DESIGN INTENT.1.EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED FROM BUILDING.2.ACTUAL POSITIONING OF EQUIPMENT TO BE DETERMINED BY BWS ONSITE AFTER DEMOLITION.3.EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS TO REMAIN, REWIRED.4.NEW CONDUIT TO RUN FROM SOURCE TO FILTER STATION CABINET.5.ALL PVC JOINTS AS PER MFG (BWS) SPECIFICATION.6.

DISTRIBUTION PUMP STATIONBWS DUAL PUMP

DISTRIBUTION FLOWMETER

ISOLATION VALVESSS PUMP

BWS GREENSAND/ACTIVATED

FROM NEW WELL

EXISTING WELL TOCARBON FILTRATION STATION BE ABANONDED

NEW SOURCE PIPELINE

UNION CONNECTION

INLET AREA

INJECTION AND SAMPLE SITEPOST FILTRATION CHLORINE

EXISTING POWER

OXIDATION CONTACT

DRAIN WITH AIR GAP

DISTRIBUTION

FEED, TWO PUMPSBWS CHLORINE CHEMICAL TANK - 120 GALLON

DISTRIBUTION SURGE TANK

POTABLE WATER

UNION CONNECTION

UNIONCONNECTIONS

TYP

WIRE TRAY

BWS COAGULANT CHEMICALFEED, ONE PUMP

POST OXIDATION SAMPLE SITE

DISTRIBUTION TO IRRIGATION(IRRIGATION CONTROL BY OTHER)


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Rectangle

s121212

Line

FLOW SENSOR

CHEMICAL FEED PUMP

AUTO VENT VALVE (AVV)

DOUBLE CONTAINEDSTORAGE TANK

AS

A W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E W

RITT

EN

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DU

CTI

ON

IN P

ART

OR

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FID

ENTI

AL

REV

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROH

IBIT

ED.

SIZE

B

REV

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

SCALE: DNS

SHEET 1 OF 1

MA

TERI

AL

RED

DIN

G, C

A

DRA

WIN

G IS

TH

E SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

CH

EMIC

AL

FEED

STA

TIO

N, D

UA

L PU

MP,

DO

UBL

E C

ON

TAIN

ED, 4

0 G

AL

CFS

-40-

DO

UBL

EM

OD

EL N

UM

BER

DRA

WIN

G N

UM

BER

9600

2

0.01

THE

INFO

RMA

TIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

TH

ISBE

EBE'

S W

ATE

R SY

STEM

S

LEVEL SENSOR

20.00

20.00

UP TO 0.6 GPHFEED RATE

48.56


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Rectangle

s121212

Line

LEVEL SENSOR

20.00

20.00

REV

RED

DIN

G, C

A

MA

TERI

AL

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FID

ENTI

AL

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROH

IBIT

ED.

SIZE

B

REV

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

9600

2

SHEET 1 OF 1

AS

A W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E W

RITT

EN

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DU

CTI

ON

IN P

ART

OR

DRA

WIN

G IS

TH

E SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

SCALE: DNS

CFS

-40-

SIN

GLE

MO

DEL

NU

MBE

RD

RAW

ING

NU

MBE

R

CH

EMIC

AL

FEED

STA

TIO

N, S

ING

LE P

UM

P, D

OU

BLE

CO

NTA

INED

, 40

GA

L

0.01

THE

INFO

RMA

TIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

TH

ISBE

EBE'

S W

ATE

R SY

STEM

S

STORAGE TANK

FLOW SENSOR CHEMICAL FEED PUMP

DOUBLE CONTAINED

AUTO VENT VALVE (AVV)

UP TO 0.6 GPHFEED RATE

48.56


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Line

s121212

Rectangle

STATIC MIXERSTAINLESS STEEL SKID

PADDLE WHEEL FLOWMETER

FILTER EFFLUENT ORP SENSOR

REV

THE

INFO

RMA

TIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

TH

IS

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FID

ENTI

AL

FILT

ER S

TATI

ON

, GRE

ENSA

ND

/CA

RBO

NBE

EBE'

S W

ATE

R SY

STEM

S

AS

A W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E W

RITT

EN

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROH

IBIT

ED.

SIZE

MO

DEL

NU

MBE

R

BSCALE: DNS

SHEET 1 OF 1

MA

TERI

AL

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DU

CTI

ON

IN P

ART

OR

DRA

WIN

G IS

TH

E SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

9600

2

GSA

C-1

452

RED

DIN

G, C

A

DRA

WIN

G N

UM

BER

REV 0.01

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDMOUNT SKID TO FLOOR WITH 1/2-13 SS ALTHREAD 3" DEEP IN EXPOXIED FILLED HOLES.1.FRAME TO BE BETWEEN 2" AND 4" ABOVE FLOOR, TO ALIGN WITH PIPE FENCE.2.POWER EGRESS THRU TOP OF CABINET.3.

ELECTRIC OPERATEDBALL VALVES

FLOW CONTROLLERS

61.00

STAINLESS STEEL CABINET

14X52 MINERAL TANKS

SCH 80 PVCPIPE FENCE

46.00

70.13

4X MOUNTING LOCATIONS

PLANT CONTROL CABINET

53.56


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Rectangle

s121212

Line

QUICK DISCONNECT MOTOR LEADS

PVC DISTRIBUTION

STAINLESS STEEL SANITARY BUTTERFLY ISOLATION VALVES, 2.0"

MO

DEL

NU

MBE

R

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

BEEB

E'S

WA

TER

SYST

EMS

PUM

P ST

ATI

ON

, DU

AL

PUM

P, 3

2 G

PM, 3

0-60

PSI

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FID

ENTI

AL

MA

TERI

AL

THE

INFO

RMA

TIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

TH

IS

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROH

IBIT

ED.

SIZE

BSCALE: DNS

SHEET 1 OF 1

AS

A W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E W

RITT

EN

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DU

CTI

ON

IN P

ART

OR

REV

DRA

WIN

G IS

TH

E SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

9600

2

PS-0

2-16

RED

DIN

G, C

A

DRA

WIN

G N

UM

BER

REV 0.01

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDSUBMERSIBLE PUMPS IN STAINLESS STEEL HOUSING1.QUICK DISCONNECT POWER LEADS2.STAINLESS STEEL STRUT MOUNTING ASSY NOT SHOWN3.STAINLESS STEEL MALE IRON PIPE ADAPTER TO PVC TRANSITION4.

STAINLESS STEEL PUMP HOUSING

TRUE UNION PVCCONNECTION TO SOURCE

41.72


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Rectangle

s121212

Line

Project Name: CALTRANS PROJECT NO. 02-4E6804

PROJECT ID: 0212000032 GRASS LAKE SAFETY ROADSIDE REST AREA,

Route 97 19 miles south of Macdoel, California, 96058

Date: August 12, 2018

Contractor: Enloe Drilling & Pumps, Inc.

6845 Granada Dr. Redding, California 96002

Supplier: BWS Municipal, Inc. 8715 Airport Road

Redding California 96002

Document Number: BWS-GLSRAA-WATERTREATMENT-02

Prepared By: BWS Municipal, Inc. 8715 Airport Road

Redding California 96002

Pageii

Contents1 BWSGSACFilterStation:BWS_GSAC_1414...............................................................................................12 Enclosure:StainlessSteelBWS_CABINET_01.............................................................................................23 EnclosurePanel:BWS_CAB_PAN_01/02....................................................................................................34 PhoenixContactTouchPanel:WP09T/WS................................................................................................35 PhoenixContactInlineController:ILC151ETH..........................................................................................46 PhoenixContactProgram/ConfigurationMemory:SDFLASH2G..............................................................47 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalOutModule:IBIL24DO16-ME..................................................................48 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInModule:IBIL24DI16-ME......................................................................59 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInNPNModule–IBILDI2-NPN-PAC..........................................................510 PhoenixContactInlineAnalogInModule:IBILAI4/I-PAC.........................................................................511 PhoenixContactInlineAnalogOutModule–IBILAO2/UI-PAC................................................................612 PhoenixContactPowerSupply:TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10.......................................................................613 PhoenixContactUPS:QUINT-UPS/24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH.........................................................................614 EwonIndustrialVPNRouter:Flexy20500...................................................................................................715 EwonCellularCommunications:FLB3203...................................................................................................716 PhoenixContactSwitch:FLSWITCHSFN8TX.............................................................................................817 Ebm-papstCabinetFan:QG030-353/14.....................................................................................................818 StegoCabinetThermostat:KTS-011...........................................................................................................919 AltechMotorDisconnectSwitch:VKA3160................................................................................................920 PhoenixContactLightning/SurgeArrestor:FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM..............................................1021 PhoenixContactWiringBridge:TMC8B38057C.......................................................................................1022 PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC81D10A..............................................................................1123 PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC83D15A..............................................................................1124 PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RSC-24DC/21................................................................................................1125 EmmersonVariableFrequencyDrive:M200-02200042A........................................................................1226 PhoenixContactDinRail:NS35/15Perf...................................................................................................1227 PhoenixContactCableDuct:CD40x80.....................................................................................................1328 PhoenixContactDinRailEndCap:NS35/15Cap.....................................................................................1329 PhoenixContactEndClampE/NS35N.....................................................................................................1330 PhoenixContactTerminalBlock:PTI2,5-PE/L/TG....................................................................................1431 PhoenixContactTerminalBlockEndCover:D-PTI/3B..............................................................................1432 PhoenixContactTerminalBlockPartitionPlate:ATP-PTI/3.....................................................................1433 PhoenixContactFusePlug:P-FU5X20LED24-5......................................................................................1534 MTWWire:15-18-16T..............................................................................................................................1535 TurckCable/Cordset:RF50609&RK4.5T-x/S618......................................................................................1636 EthernetCable:TRD695BL........................................................................................................................1637 BradyLabels:Various................................................................................................................................1738 PhoenixContactCESSystem.....................................................................................................................1739 PhoenixContactCESSnap-upFrameCES-B16-SF-PLBK............................................................................1740 PhoenixContactCESSealingFrame:CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK........................................................................1841 PhoenixContactCESFlatGasket:CES-B16-WRG-BK................................................................................1842 PhoenixContactCESBlindSleeve:CES-SRG-BK........................................................................................1843 PhoenixContactCES2x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-2X6.........................................................................1844 PhoenixContactCES1x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-6.............................................................................1945 PhoenixContactCES1x8CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-8.............................................................................1946 DuraChoiceStainlessSteelMini-BallValve:VBSM2-025.........................................................................1947 PMCSubmersibleWellLevelSensor:VL4313...........................................................................................19

Pageiii

48 PressureTransmitter:PT510-200PSIG-13-L13-H1131..............................................................................2049 PressureTransmitter:PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131........................................................................................2050 GFSignetPaddleWheelFlowMeters:3-2537-6C-P0...............................................................................2151 GFSignetOrpSensor:3-2750-2&3-2725-60...........................................................................................2152 Mattson-WittDistributorHub:.................................................................................................................2253 ValworxElectricActuatedPVCBallValve:561208C.................................................................................2254 PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21...........................................................................................2355 StainlessSteelFittings:Various.................................................................................................................2356 SanitaryClampGasket/OrificePlate:Various...........................................................................................2457 StainlessSteelTubing................................................................................................................................2458 SpearsPVCPipeandFittings:Various.......................................................................................................2559 BWSGSACFrame:BWS_GSAC_Frame_1414............................................................................................2560 Filter/MediaTanks....................................................................................................................................2661 InversandGreensandMedia.....................................................................................................................2762 WalchemPumpEWN-RSeries..................................................................................................................2763 ChemicalTubingLLDPE.............................................................................................................................2864 WalchemPosiFlowFCP-1VC.....................................................................................................................2865 PushToFitfor3/8Tubex1/4MPT–F6MC4............................................................................................2966 AutoventValve:Plast-O-MaticValveEAST2V6W11-PV............................................................................2967 BannerLevelSensor–T30UIPAQ.............................................................................................................3068 ColderMale/FemaleTankFitting:NSHD24012/NSHD17012....................................................................3069 DoubleContainedPolyethelyneChemicalTank,20Gallon......................................................................3170 Appendices...................................................................................................................................................a

1. BWSGSACFilterStation:BWS_GSAC_1414 12. Enclosure:StainlessSteelBWS_CABINET_01 23. EnclosurePanel:BWS_CAB_PAN_01/02 34. PhoenixContactTouchPanel:WP09T/WS 45. PhoenixContactInlineController:ILC151ETH 56. PhoenixContactProgram/ConfigurationMemory:SDFLASH2G 67. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalOutModule:IBIL24DO16-ME 78. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInModule:IBIL24DI16-ME 89. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInNPNModule–IBILDI2-NPN-PAC 910. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogInModule:IBILAI4/I-PAC 1011. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogOutModule–IBILAO2/UI-PAC 1112. PhoenixContactPowerSupply:TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 1213. PhoenixContactUPS:QUINT-UPS/24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH 1314. EwonIndustrialVPNRouter:Flexy20500 1415. EwonCellularCommunications:FLB3203 1516. PhoenixContactSwitch:FLSWITCHSFN8TX 1617. Ebm-papstCabinetFan:QG030-353/14 1718. StegoCabinetThermostat:KTS-011 1819. AltechMotorDisconnectSwitch:VKA3160 1920. PhoenixContactLightning/SurgeArrestor:FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM 2021. PhoenixContactWiringBridge:TMC8B38057C 2122. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC81D10A 2223. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC83D15A 2324. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RSC-24DC/21 2425. EmmersonVariableFrequencyDrive:M200-02200042A 2526. PhoenixContactDinRail:NS35/15Perf 2627. PhoenixContactCableDuct:CD40x80 27

Pageiv

28. PhoenixContactDinRailEndCap:NS35/15Cap 2829. PhoenixContactEndClampE/NS35N 2930. PhoenixContactTerminalBlock:PTI2,5-PE/L/TG 3031. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockEndCover:D-PTI/3B 3132. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockPartitionPlate:ATP-PTI/3 3233. PhoenixContactFusePlug:F-FU5X20LED24-5 3334. MTWWire:15-18-16T 3435. TurckCable/Cordset:RF50609&RK4.5T-x/S618 3536. EthernetCable:TRD695BL 3637. BradyLabels:Various 3738. PhoenixContactCESSystem 3839. PhoenixContactCESSnap-upFrameCES-B16-SF-PLBK 3940. PhoenixContactCESSealingFrame:CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK 4041. PhoenixContactCESFlatGasket:CES-B16-WRG-BK 4142. PhoenixContactCESBlindSleeve:CES-SRG-BK 4243. PhoenixContactCES2x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-2X6 4344. PhoenixContactCES1x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-6 4445. PhoenixContactCES1x8CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-8 4546. DuraChoiceStainlessSteelMini-BallValve:VBSM2-025 4647. PMCSubmersibleWellLevelSensor:VL4313 4748. PressureTransmitter:PT510-200PSIG-13-L13-H1131 4849. PressureTransmitter:PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131 4950. GFSignetPaddleWheelFlowMeters:3-2537-6C-P0 5051. GFSignetOrpSensor:3-2750-2&3-2725-60 5152. Mattson-WittDistributorHub 5253. ValworxElectricActuatedPVCBallValve:566249 5354. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21 5455. StainlessSteelFittings:Various 5556. SanitaryClampGasket/OrificePlate:Various 5657. StainlessSteelTubing 5758. SpearsPVCPipeandFittings:Various 5859. BWSGSACFrame:BWS_GSAC_Frame_1414 5960. Filter/MediaTanks 6061. InversandGreensandMedia 6162. WalchemPumpEWN-RSeries 6263. ChemicalTubingLLDPE 6364. WalchemPosiFlowFCP-1VC 6465. PushToFitfor3/8Tubex1/4MPT–F6MC4 6566. AutoventValve:Plast-O-MaticValveEAST2V6W11-PV 6667. BannerLevelSensor–T30UIPAQ 6768. ColderMale/FemaleTankFitting:NSHD24012/NSHD17012 6869. DoubleContainedPolyethelyneChemicalTank,20Gallon 69

BWS-GLSRAA-WATERTREATMENT-02 Page1

1 BWSGSACFilterStation:BWS_GSAC_1414ThisdocumentpresentsthesubmittalsofequipmentanddevicesthatareproposedfortheGreenSandActivatedCarbonFilter(GSAC)StationtobeinstalledattheGrassLakeSafetyRoadsideRestAreaWaterTreatmentPlantsite.

Thisstationisanassemblyofseveralcomponentsandassembliesincludingastainlesssteelframe,astainlesssteelshelledcabinet,customstainlesssteelpumpcanisterassemblies,fiberglassreinforcedpolytanks,airactuatedbutterflyvalves,paddle-wheelflowmeters,ORPsensors,andpressuretransmitters.Theremainderofthisdocumentwillfurtheridentifythesecomponents.Imageshownbelowshowsafilterstationofsimilarconstructiontotheonethissubmittaldescribes.


2 Enclosure:StainlessSteelBWS_CABINET_01ThisdocumentpresentsthesubmittalsofequipmentanddevicesthatareproposedfortheControlStationtobeinstalledattheGrassLakeSafetyRoadsideRestAreaWaterTreatmentPlantsite.Severalitemsincludedinthissubmittalareusedelsewherewithintheprojectsuchasterminalblocks.Submittalswherethoseduplicateitemsareusedarenotincludedinthatsubmittal’slistofitemsforclarity.

Thiscabinetisconstructedofanextrudedaluminumframewhichisencapsulatedwithstainlesssteelsheetmetal.Featuresincludedoorgasket,stainlesssteelhinges,lockabledoorlatches,stainlesssteelfasteners,aluminumbackplane/panel,andtouchscreenmountingaccoutrements.


3 EnclosurePanel:BWS_CAB_PAN_01/02ThispanelfitstheStainlessSteelallversionsofBWS_CABINET_01;35.5”tallby27”wide,¼”thickaluminum.

4 PhoenixContactTouchPanel:WP09T/WSThisPhoenixContactIP65front,IP20back,NEMA4XratedtouchpanelprovidestheHumanMachineInterface(HMI)neededtolocallycontrolthewatertreatmentplantandprovidesameansoflocalstoragefordata.


5 PhoenixContactInlineController:ILC151ETHThiscontrollercommunicatesbetweenallotherPLCsinthewatertreatmentplant.Additionally,thiscontrollerprovidesfordataacquisitionandcommunicationstoinstruments.

6 PhoenixContactProgram/ConfigurationMemory:SDFLASH2GThisdeviceallowsthePLCtostoreapplicationprogramsandfacilitatetheprocessingofsystemalarms.

7 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalOutModule:IBIL24DO16-METhismodulecanoutput16digital(0/24VDC)signalstocontrolrelaysoractasdrycontactswitches.


8 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInModule:IBIL24DI16-METhismodulecanreceive16digital(0/24VDC)signalssuchasthermostatandvalvestate.

9 PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInNPNModule–IBILDI2-NPN-PACThismoduleprovidestwo(2)0-24VDCdigitalNPNinputsignalsthatareusedtomonitorthechemicalfeedpumpinjectionprocess.

10 PhoenixContactInlineAnalogInModule:IBILAI4/I-PACThismoduleacceptsfour(4)4-20mAanalogsignalsfromdevicessuchaspressuretransmitters,flowmeters,andlevelsensors.


11 PhoenixContactInlineAnalogOutModule–IBILAO2/UI-PACThismoduleprovidestwo(2)4-20mAanalogsignalsthatareusedtocontrolthechemicalfeedpumpthrottle.

12 PhoenixContactPowerSupply:TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10Thisdeviceprovides10Aat24VDCtothesystem.

13 PhoenixContactUPS:QUINT-UPS/24DC/24DC/10/3.4AHThisdeviceisdesignedtoprovideuninterrupted24VDCpowersupplywhenthepowersupply’s120VACisremovedorduetoanoutage.Thisunitalsoincludesanintegrated3.4AHbatteryandIQtechnologythatcansignaltherestofthesystemthattheUPSisoperatinginbatterymode.ThisallowstheBWSControlSoftwaretosafelydepowervarious24VDCcircuitsandshutdowntheHMIinacontrolledmannertoavoiddatalossandotherdamagetothesystem.


14 EwonIndustrialVPNRouter:Flexy20500ThisindustrialVPNrouterprovidessecurecommunicationsbetweentheuserandthewatertreatmentplant.

15 EwonCellularCommunications:FLB3203ThisexpansioncardallowstheroutertoutilizeVerizoncellularcommunicationstoconnecttotheinternetsecurely.


16 PhoenixContactSwitch:FLSWITCHSFN8TXThisethernetswitchprovides8RJ45connectionsandtransfersdataupto100Mbps.Thisdeviceallowsalltheinlinecontrollerstocommunicateoveranethernetnetwork.

17 Ebm-papstCabinetFan:QG030-353/14Thiscabinetfanprovides155m^3/h(91cfm)unimpededairflowwithanominalpowerconsumptionof9.6watts(0.4ampsmax/24VDC).


18 StegoCabinetThermostat:KTS-011Thisthermostatmonitorsthetemperatureinsidethecabinet.24VDCisappliedtoonesideoftheswitch.Whenthethermostat’sswitchengages,the24VDCissensedbyaDigitalInchannelwhichisinterpretedbytheILCasacallforventilationfanactivation.ThisitemisequivalentorbetterthantheSCE-TMNO.

19 AltechMotorDisconnectSwitch:VKA3160Thisswitchcanhandle150ampsofgeneralpurposecurrentor83ampsofmotorloadcurrent.TheshaftispartnumberL300AD11-STandthelockablehandleispartnumberLK11YRU.


20 PhoenixContactLightning/SurgeArrestor:FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FMThislighting/surgearresterisanIECtype1&2withlightningprotectionclass3&4.ThismodelprovidesprotectionacrossLx-N,Lx-PE,andN-PEconductorsandisDINmountable.

21 PhoenixContactWiringBridge:TMC8B38057CThiswiringbridgeconnectsallthecircuitbreakerstogetherontheinputside.Thispartnumberisforathreephasesetup.


22 PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC81D10AThesecircuitbreakersaredesignedtoprotectcircuitswithinacontrolcabinet.This10ampbreakerwillprotectthe24VDCPowerSupplycircuitand120VACaccessoriescircuit.

23 PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC83D15AThesecircuitbreakersaredesignedtoprotectcircuitswithinacontrolcabinet.This15ampbreakerwillprotectthevariablefrequencydriveassociatedwitheachpump.

24 PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RSC-24DC/21Thisrelayisactivatedwitha24VDCsignalandcanswitchloadsupto1500VAat250VAC.


25 EmmersonVariableFrequencyDrive:M200-02200042AThisVFDcanbepoweredwitheithersinglephaseortriplephasepower.Thismodelcanbeusedtocontroluptoa1horsepowerpumpandrequires15Aservice.CommunicationswiththeILCisviaModbusprotocol.

26 PhoenixContactDinRail:NS35/15PerfThisdinrailisconstructedofgalvanizedsteelandispassivated.Heightis15mm,width35mm.


27 PhoenixContactCableDuct:CD40x80Thiscomponentallowsforeasyroutingofwiresthroughoutthepanelassy.Withaneasytoremovecoverandflexibleandeasilycut“fingers”,customconfigurationsolutionsaresimpletomanufacture.

28 PhoenixContactDinRailEndCap:NS35/15CapThisdeviceisdesignedtoprotectsharpedgesofcut35mmdinrailfromdamagingotherequipmentorwiresonthepanel.

29 PhoenixContactEndClampE/NS35NThisdeviceisdesignedtoholdotherdevicessecurelytothe35mmdinrail.


30 PhoenixContactTerminalBlock:PTI2,5-PE/L/TGThisterminalblockfeaturespush-inconnectionsforwiresbetweenAWG26-12,acceptsfuseholdersorisolationplugs,isbridgeableacrossPEandLterminals,acceptsupto16Aat400Vnominally,andmountseasilytoa35mmdinrail.

31 PhoenixContactTerminalBlockEndCover:D-PTI/3BThisdeviceisdesignedtoprotectthefirstterminalblockinaseriesfrommakingunintendedelectricalconnectionswithconductorswithintheterminalblock(seephotoofPTI2,5-PE/L/TG).

32 PhoenixContactTerminalBlockPartitionPlate:ATP-PTI/3Thisdeviceisdesignedtoseparategroupsofterminalblocksandprovidesfortacticalandvisibleseparationbetweenthosegroups.


33 PhoenixContactFusePlug:P-FU5X20LED24-5Thisdeviceisdesignedtosecurelyhold5X20stylefuses.Withablownfuse,theintegratedLEDwilllightupmakingforeasydiagnosisofblownfuses.ThesefuseplugsaredesignedtofitinthePTI2,5-PE/L/TGterminalblocks.

34 MTWWire:15-18-16TMachineToolWire(MTW)isusedthroughouttheprojectinallcabinets.ThiswireconformstoUL1015.


35 TurckCable/Cordset:RF50609&RK4.5T-x/S618Thisfemalecordset(RK4.5Tdesignation)consistsof5stranded22AWGwiresalongwitha24AWGdrain(notconnectedatmoldedend)andaluminizedshield.TheouterjacketisgrayPVCandhasanM12connectorwithbrass/goldcontacts.Thecable/cordsetisusedthroughouttheprojectconnectingvarioussensorstoterminalblocksinthecabinets.Thebulkcableequivalent(withoutconnector)isTurckpartnumberRF50609.

36 EthernetCable:TRD695BLCAT6typeethernetcablesareusedthroughoutprojectinallcabinetstoconnectthesystem’sILCs,touchscreen,andinstrumentation.CAT6typecablesareusedinsteadofCAT5eforimprovedshieldingproperties.


37 BradyLabels:VariousPermanentpolyesterlabelsfromBradyareusedtoidentifyvariouselectricalandmechanicalcomponentsandwiresthroughoutthestation.ThewirelabelsarePermaSleeveheat-shrinkpolyolefintype.

38 PhoenixContactCESSystemThePhoenixContactCESsystemprovidesforcustomizableIP54cabinetegresssolutions.WithineachCESassembly,upto8small,2large,or4smalland1largesizedinsertscanbeassembled.Theseinsertscanacceptwire/cablediametersbetween3mmand34mm.ThisfirstitemisincludedasanexampleassemblyandisnotindicativeoftheassemblythatwillbeusedontheCFS.

39 PhoenixContactCESSnap-upFrameCES-B16-SF-PLBK


40 PhoenixContactCESSealingFrame:CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK

41 PhoenixContactCESFlatGasket:CES-B16-WRG-BK

42 PhoenixContactCESBlindSleeve:CES-SRG-BK

43 PhoenixContactCES2x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-2X6


44 PhoenixContactCES1x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-6

45 PhoenixContactCES1x8CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-8

46 DuraChoiceStainlessSteelMini-BallValve:VBSM2-025ThisSS316constructedballvalveisratedat800psiworkingpressure.Thisvalveisusedthroughoutthewatertreatmentplantforsamplesitesandisolationfunctions.

47 PMCSubmersibleWellLevelSensor:VL4313Thissubmersibleleveltransmitterwillbesizedtofitthedepthofthewell.Thedeviceprovidesa4–20mAsignalaccordingtothedepthofwater.Thesensoris0.69”indiameterandelectronicsare


fullypotted.Thereareamultitudeofavailablerangesfrom5psigupto3000psig.Theactualpartnumbertobeusedispendingwelltestandinstallationdata.

48 PressureTransmitter:PT510-200PSIG-13-L13-H1131Thisdeviceisusedonthepipefencetomonitorinfluentandeffluenttankpressures,anddistributionpumpeffluentpressure.A4–20mAsignalismonitoredbytheILCandisconvertedtopsiunitsfortheHMIandprogramusage.

49 PressureTransmitter:PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131Thisdeviceisusedonstoragetankstomonitortanklevel.A4–20mAsignalismonitoredbytheILCandisconvertedtopsiunitsfortheHMIandprogramusage.


50 GFSignetPaddleWheelFlowMeters:3-2537-6C-P0Therangeofmeasurementonthisflowmeterisbetween0.3ft/sand20ft/sin0.5to8inchdiameterpipes.A4-20mAsignalprovidesthedatatothePLCandisconvertedtogpmunitsfortheHMIandprogramusage.AFSseriesTurckcableadapterisinstalledinallGFSignetsensorbodiestofacilitatemaintenanceactivities.

51 GFSignetOrpSensor:3-2750-2&3-2725-60ThisisageneralpurposesensorandelectronicspackagethatissuitedformeasuringORPindrinkingwaterapplications.InaGSACtypefiltersystemthatusesgreensand,ORPisanimportantwaterqualitymeasurementthatisusedformaintainingmedialongevityandironfiltrationefficiency..AFSseriesTurckcableadapterisinstalledinallGFSignetsensorbodiestofacilitatemaintenanceactivities.


52 Mattson-WittDistributorHub:ManufacturedfromPVC,thedistributorhubprovidesthemechanismtocollectfiltrateatthebottomofthetankanddistributebackwashwaterduringbackwashcycle.Imageshownmaydifferslightlyfromactualdistributorbeingused.

53 ValworxElectricActuatedPVCBallValve:561208CThiscompactelectricactuatedPVCballvalveisusedforon-offcontrolofwaterandliquidmediawhereNSFapprovedconstructionisrequired.Thevalvesarepower-to-openandpower-to-closeandmaintainlastpositionwithpowerloss.Twoauxiliarylimitswitchesprovideconfirm-valve-openandconfirm-valve-closedpositionsignals.


54 PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21Thisrelayisactivatedwitha24VDCsignalandcanswitchloadsupto1500VAat250VAC.Thisrelayisusedtoswapthepolarityoftheenergysuppliedtotheelectricactuator;poweropenandpowercloseddependingonthecurrentcycleofthefilter.

55 StainlessSteelFittings:VariousThedistributionpumpsarehousedinastainlesssteelcanisterandprovidethreadedconnectionstoconnecttothesitepvcplumbing.Thecanisterisconstructedofferrules,caps,half-couplings,andclamps,allofwhicharemanufacturedfromeither304or316stainlesssteel.


56 SanitaryClampGasket/OrificePlate:VariousSanitarytypefittingsrequireagasketororificeplatetobeusedwiththeclamp.TheseitemsaremanufacturedfromavarietyofmaterialsincludingBUNA,Viton,andTeflonandareselectedbasedonchemicalcompatibilityoftheworkingfluid.InthecaseoftheGSAC,EPDMgasketsandorificeplatesareusedexclusively.

57 StainlessSteelTubingRath-GibsonA270stainlesssteeltubingisusedforthepumpcanisters.Sixinchandtwodiameterproductsareused.AllweldsareorbitalorfreehandGTAW;mechanicalandchemicalpassivationisperformedimmediatelyafterwelding.


58 SpearsPVCPipeandFittings:VariousWiththeexceptionofthepumpcanisters,allpipinginthepipefenceisconstructedofschedule80PVCpipeandfittings.Somepartssuchasinstrumentdrainpipingassembliesmaybeconstructedusingclearschedule40tees,elbows,andcouplings;allofwhichareproducedbySpearsManufacturingCompany.

59 BWSGSACFrame:BWS_GSAC_Frame_1414Giventhattheenvironmentswherewatertreatmentsystemsareplacedgenerallyhaveasignificantamountofmoistureandpotentialforcorrosion,allstructuralframesareconstructedofhighgrade304/304Laustenitictubes.Allcutsandweldsperformedontheseframesaremechanicallypassivated.Thismethodofconstructionoutperformspaintedsteelframesinallcases.PicturebelowshowsatypicalstainlesssteelframemanufacturedbyBWS.Actualframeconfigurationforthisprojectisstillindesignstage.


60 Filter/MediaTanksThesewatertreatmenttanksaresuppliedbyCyberWave.TheyareconstructedoffiberglassandhaveanintegratedlinerthatisNSF/ANSI044.Thesetankshavepolypropyleneinsertsforupperandlowerthreadedegresses(4”-8UN)..


61 InversandGreensandMediaGreensandfromInversandhasbeenchosenasthefiltermediatotreatiron.

62 WalchemPumpEWN-RSeriesTheB11model,whichcanprovideupto0.6gallonsofchemicalperhouranddrawsonly0.8ampsmaximumwhenpoweredwith120VAC(20wattsistheratedaverage).AconfigurationwithaPVDFpumpheadwillbeusedforsodiumhypochlorite.CoagulantpumpswillutilizeaPVCpumpheadconfiguration.


63 ChemicalTubingLLDPELLDPEorLinearLowDensityPolyethyleneisusedtotransferchemicalsduetoitstemperature,pressure,chemicalresistivityproperties.

64 WalchemPosiFlowFCP-1VCThePosiFlowsensorprovidesadigitalsignaltotheILCeachtimeapressurestrokefromthechemicalfeedpumpissensed.LogicintheILCdeterminesthepumpprimestatusbytheabsenceorpresenceofasignalwhilethepumpisenabled.Ifalossofpumpprimeoccurs,alertsandprimerecoveryprocessescanbeinitiatedautomatically.ThePosiFlowisshownbelowattachedtoaliquidend.


65 PushToFitfor3/8Tubex1/4MPT–F6MC4TheseKynarfittingsfromParkerprovideforasafeandserviceableconnectionbetweenthepumpventandthechemicaltank.

66 AutoventValve:Plast-O-MaticValveEAST2V6W11-PVThisvalveisusedasanILCcontrolledventvalveorAutoVentValveforallchemicalfeedpumpsatthissite.WhenthePosiFlowindicatesalossofflow,theILCwillopenthisvalvetodirectpumpedfluidbackintothechemicaltanktoallowthepumptooperateathighspeedtore-establishpumpprime.


67 BannerLevelSensor–T30UIPAQThissensormeasuresthelevelofchemicalinthetank.Itprovidesa4-20mAsignalovera6”to39”rangetotheILC.

68 ColderMale/FemaleTankFitting:NSHD24012/NSHD17012TheNSHseriesfromColderProductsfeaturehighflow,non-spill,polypropylenequickdisconnectcouplingssuitableforchemicaltransferoperations.Themalefittingattachestothechemicaltankusing¾”NPT.Thefemalefittingattachestothechemicaltransfertubingusing¾”HoseBarb.


69 DoubleContainedPolyethelyneChemicalTank,20GallonThesepolyethylenedoublewalltanksprovideasecondarycontainmentsystem.Thestandarddutyisratedat1.5specificgravity.

BWS-WCR-MUCS-01 Appendixi

70 Appendices

Contents1. BWSGSACFilterStation:BWS_GSAC_1414 12. Enclosure:StainlessSteelBWS_CABINET_01 23. EnclosurePanel:BWS_CAB_PAN_01/02 34. PhoenixContactTouchPanel:WP09T/WS 45. PhoenixContactInlineController:ILC151ETH 56. PhoenixContactProgram/ConfigurationMemory:SDFLASH2G 67. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalOutModule:IBIL24DO16-ME 78. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInModule:IBIL24DI16-ME 89. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInNPNModule–IBILDI2-NPN-PAC 910. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogInModule:IBILAI4/I-PAC 1011. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogOutModule–IBILAO2/UI-PAC 1112. PhoenixContactPowerSupply:TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 1213. PhoenixContactUPS:QUINT-UPS/24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH 1314. EwonIndustrialVPNRouter:Flexy20500 1415. EwonCellularCommunications:FLB3203 1516. PhoenixContactSwitch:FLSWITCHSFN8TX 1617. Ebm-papstCabinetFan:QG030-353/14 1718. StegoCabinetThermostat:KTS-011 1819. AltechMotorDisconnectSwitch:VKA3160 1920. PhoenixContactLightning/SurgeArrestor:FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM 2021. PhoenixContactWiringBridge:TMC8B38057C 2122. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC81D10A 2223. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC83D15A 2324. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RSC-24DC/21 2425. EmmersonVariableFrequencyDrive:M200-02200042A 2526. PhoenixContactDinRail:NS35/15Perf 2627. PhoenixContactCableDuct:CD40x80 2728. PhoenixContactDinRailEndCap:NS35/15Cap 2829. PhoenixContactEndClampE/NS35N 2930. PhoenixContactTerminalBlock:PTI2,5-PE/L/TG 3031. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockEndCover:D-PTI/3B 3132. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockPartitionPlate:ATP-PTI/3 3233. PhoenixContactFusePlug:F-FU5X20LED24-5 3334. MTWWire:15-18-16T 3435. TurckCable/Cordset:RF50609&RK4.5T-x/S618 3536. EthernetCable:TRD695BL 3637. BradyLabels:Various 3738. PhoenixContactCESSystem 3839. PhoenixContactCESSnap-upFrameCES-B16-SF-PLBK 3940. PhoenixContactCESSealingFrame:CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK 4041. PhoenixContactCESFlatGasket:CES-B16-WRG-BK 4142. PhoenixContactCESBlindSleeve:CES-SRG-BK 42

BWS-GL-02 Appendixii

43. PhoenixContactCES2x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-2X6 4344. PhoenixContactCES1x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-6 4445. PhoenixContactCES1x8CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-8 4546. DuraChoiceStainlessSteelMini-BallValve:VBSM2-025 4647. PMCSubmersibleWellLevelSensor:VL4313 4748. PressureTransmitter:PT510-200PSIG-13-L13-H1131 4849. PressureTransmitter:PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131 4950. GFSignetPaddleWheelFlowMeters:3-2537-6C-P0 5051. GFSignetOrpSensor:3-2750-2&3-2725-60 5152. Mattson-WittDistributorHub 5253. ValworxElectricActuatedPVCBallValve:566249 5354. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21 5455. StainlessSteelFittings:Various 5556. SanitaryClampGasket/OrificePlate:Various 5657. StainlessSteelTubing 5758. SpearsPVCPipeandFittings:Various 5859. BWSGSACFrame:BWS_GSAC_Frame_1414 5960. Filter/MediaTanks 6061. InversandGreensandMedia 6162. WalchemPumpEWN-RSeries 6263. ChemicalTubingLLDPE 6364. WalchemPosiFlowFCP-1VC 6465. PushToFitfor3/8Tubex1/4MPT–F6MC4 6566. AutoventValve:Plast-O-MaticValveEAST2V6W11-PV 6667. BannerLevelSensor–T30UIPAQ 6768. ColderMale/FemaleTankFitting:NSHD24012/NSHD17012 6869. DoubleContainedPolyethelyneChemicalTank,20Gallon 69

BWS-GLSRAA-WATERTREATMENT-02 Appendix1

1. BWSGSACFilterStation:BWS_GSAC_1414

ON-SKID

14" TANKS

ELECTRICAL EGRESS

STORAGE TANKS

FILTER SKID

WELL HEAD

DISTRIBUTION EFFLUENT

TREATED WATER

PIPE FENCE ON FLOOR

FLOOR DRAIN

SEWER DRAIN

4X 500 GALLON

SINK CONNECTION

CABINETCONTROL

CHEMICAL FEED TANK ASSY LOCATION

SERVICE PANEL LOCATION

0.01

REV

DRA

WIN

G N

UMBE

RM

OD

EL N

UMBE

R

GLS

RRA

-WTP

-01

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FIDE

NTIA

L

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROHI

BITE

D.

SIZE

B

REV

SCALE: DNS

GRA

SS L

AKE

SRR

A W

TP L

AYO

UT P

ROPO

SAL

SHEET 1 OF 1

AS

A W

HOLE

WITH

OUT

THE

WRI

TTEN

BW

S. A

NY

REPR

OD

UCTIO

N IN

PA

RT O

R D

RAW

ING

IS T

HE S

OLE

PRO

PERT

Y O

F

9600

2

THE

INFO

RMA

TION

CO

NTA

INED

IN T

HIS

BEEB

E'S W

ATER

SYST

EMS

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

REDD

ING

, CA

MA

TERI

AL

SECTION A-ASCALE 1/16

SECTION B-BSCALE 1/16

SHEET 1 OF 1

DRAWN

CHECKED

QA

MFG

APPROVED

Jerry Paulson 7/16/2010

DWG NO

TITLE

500 GALLON FREE STANDING WATER TANK

SIZE

BSCALE: 1/16

NORWESCO, INC., ST. BONIFACIUS, MN

REV

A

A

B B

67 7/8

74

31

R15 1/2

34

8 1/2

12

R4

11

P20 1/4

1

58 7/8

24

6

R24 3/8

R2 7/8

100°

R15 1/2

R15 1/2

24 3/8

2

DTITL

E

DW

G N

OSI

ZER

EV SHEE

T

O

FFI

LE1_

GL_

GSA

C_P

ID_1

.VSD

1

BYB.

WAL

TON

.

THE

INFO

RM

ATIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED I

N T

HIS

D

OC

UM

ENT

IS T

HE

SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F B

WS

REP

RO

DU

CTI

ON

IN

PAR

T O

R W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E

WR

ITTE

N P

ERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BW

S IS

PR

OH

IBIT

ED

11

GR

ASS

LAKE

SAF

ETY

RES

T AR

EAG

REE

NSA

ND

/AC

TIVA

TED

CAR

BON

TR

EATM

ENT

PLAN

T

PID

_GL_

GSA

C7/

11/2

018

BWS

Mun

icip

al W

ater

Gro

up87

15 A

irpor

t Rd,

Ste

BR

eddi

ng, C

A 96

002

(530

) 244

-144

3.

LAST

REV

ISED

: 8/8

/201

8 1:

20:3

4 PMTREATED WATER

STORAGE TANKTWST

1.0 -1.5K GAL

TV

DIST

DPT0-200 PSI

SUR

GE

TAN

K

BW

Ø 1.0"

DWP/BWP2X 20 GPM / 30-60 psi

½ Hp / VFD16S05-5

S

WELL WATER

RWFT2537

WELL HEAD ELEV: XX’X’ WELL DEPTH

Y' WATER LEVELZ Hp, 240VAC/3P

VFD CONTROLLED

CURRENT

DFT2537

SS

AIR GAP TODRAIN

FLOOR DRAIN

2" DWV

EFPT0-200 psi

14" DIA 52" TALL

ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER

V8

V9

14" DIA52" TALL

GREENSAND FILTER

V3V2

INPT0-200 psi

V10S

INFT1

1.07 sqft * (12-15) gpm/sqft = (12.8 – 16) gpm MAX

HOSE BIB

BWFT

GX5.05 GPM,1"

Ø 2.0" Ø 2.0" Ø 1.5"

Ø 1.0"Ø 2.0"

Ø 1.0"

Ø 1.0"

Ø 1.0"

V4 SV6SM

FS – FILTER STATION

Ø 1.0"

GX5.05 GPM,1"

CFCLT

NaOCL

CFPC2

AVC2

PFC2

CFPC1

AVC1

PFC1

1.07 sqft * (2-10) gpm/sqft = (2.1 – 10.7) gpm MAXDEPENDING ON RAW WATER QUALITY

JULY 2018 RAW WATER TEST RESULTS:Iron = 1.0 mg/L

Manganese = NAAlkalinity (MO) = 140 mg/L as CaCO3Hardness (total)= 120 mg/L as CaCO3

Total Dissolved Solids = 145 mg/LORP=145pH=7.5

The operator reported no appreciable odor

RWLT

GX1515GPM,1"

INORP

OUTORP

BWS

Mun

icip

al W

ater

Gro

up87

15 A

irpor

t Rd,

Ste

B.

Red

ding

, CA

9600

2(5

30) 2

44-1

453

THE

INFO

RM

ATIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED I

N T

HIS

D

OC

UM

ENT

IS T

HE

SO

LE P

RO

PER

TY O

F B

WS

REP

RO

DU

CTI

ON

IN

PAR

T O

R W

HO

LE W

ITH

OU

T TH

E

WR

ITTE

N P

ERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BW

S IS

PR

OH

IBIT

ED

DTITL

E

DW

G N

OSI

ZER

EV SHEE

T

O

FFI

LE2_

GL_

GSA

C_T

OPO

_1.V

SD1

BYB.

WAL

TON

1

POTA

BLE

WAT

ER T

REA

TMEN

T PL

ANT

PRO

CES

S AN

D IN

STR

UM

ENTA

TIO

N D

IAG

RAM

(GR

OU

ND

WAT

ER T

REA

TMEN

T PL

ANT)

TOPO

LOG

Y_G

WTP

LAST

REV

ISED

: 8/8

/201

8 1:

22:2

0 PM

ABBREVIATION LEGENDCFP CHEMICAL FEED PUMPCLVL CHEMICAL TANK LEVELILC INDUSTRIAL LOGIC CONTROLLERI/O ANALOG IN/OUT, DIGITAL IN/OUTAI ANALOG INAO ANALOG OUTDI DIGITAL INDO DIGITAL OUTSVS SOLENOID VALVE STACK

DO 24VDC

AI 4-20mA

E

DIGITAL OUT

ANALOG IN

DI 24VDC DIGITAL IN

AO 4-20mA ANALOG OUT

120VAC 1Φ

ETHERNET

120 VAC SINGLE PHASE

240VAC 3Φ 240 VAC THREE PHASE

6-1

8-1

4-1

5-1

23-1

1-5

2-5

LINE TYPE (NON-PRINTING)LINE# - LINE SIZE

24VDC 24 VDC1-1

RS48510-1

AIR16-1WATER22-1

LINE LEGEND

RS485 COMMUNICATION

AIR FLOWWATER FLOW

UTILITY ELECTRICITY

METER

230VAC 1Φ

SERVICE PANELS

TERMINAL BLOCK, TAC

120VAC 1Φ

WEB-PANELPC/HMI

5A -2700309

ILC 151/SD+I/O MODULES (3A)

2700974

TRIO 24VDC POWER SUPPLY2.4A in / 10A out

2903149

24VDC

24VDC

ETH SWITCH5 PORT2891152

E(1)

E(1)

FUSED TERMINAL

BLOCK, TDC

TERMINAL BLOCK, TDO

RELAY(2)

120VAC 1Φ

TERMINAL BLOCK, TDI

DI 24VDC(3)

FUSED TERMINAL BLOCK, TAI

AI 4-20mA(12)DO 24VDC(8)

ROUTERFLEXY

CELLULARFLEXY20500/FLB3203

HIGH VOLTAGE230VAC 3P

LOW VOLTAGE24VDC

HIGH VOLTAGE120VAC 1P

COLOR LEGEND

LOW VOLTAGE <24VDC

AIR

DATA

E(1)

230VAC 1Φ MUCS

RELAY(10) 24VDC

CFP1/CFP2RECEPTACLE

1.3A

120VAC 1Φ

AV1(2)CAB FANQG030-353/14

24VDC

INPT1EFPT1

DPT

RWFTINFT1

BWFT1DFT

SWLTTWLT

CFCLT1

INORPOUTORP

Vx(2,3,4,6,8,9,10)

24VDC

DISCONNECT

230VAC BREAKERS

TMC82D15A (3)

VFD(3)RWP, DP1,

DP2

230VAC 3Φ

MOTOR(3)

230VAC 3Φ

230VAC 3Φ

SERVICE PANEL

120VAC BREAKER

TMC81D10A

TERMINAL BLOCK, TAO

AO 4-20mA (2)

CFP1CFP2

AO 4-20mA

E(3)

AI MODULE2700458

(3)

AO MODULE2700775

(1)

DI MODULE2897156

(1)

DO MODULE2897253

(1)

230VAC 3Φ

THERMOSTAT(DRY

CONTACT)

VALVE POSITION

7V * 2 = 14CHAN

120VAC 1Φ

QUINT UPS 24VDC/10A/

3.4AH 2320267

TVSSL1/L2/L3/N/PE

1/4 NPT VENT PORT

AA

29 8

WELD PORTS

4

SECTION A-A

5 53

HIGH PRESSURE CLAMPS

ITEM NO. PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION CAN-RWP/QTY. CAN-SWP/QTY. CAN-BWP/QTY. CAN-LDIST/QTY.

12 CAN-BTM-FAM CAN-BTM-FAM - 1 - -11 PM-77S30-6 PUMP/MOTOR ASSY, SUB, GRUNDFOS, 77GPM, 72'/49PSI - - 1 -10 PM-45S10-3 PUMP/MOTOR ASSY, SUB, GRUNDFOS, 46.7GPM, 68.4'/29.6PSI 1 1 - -9 PM-10S05-6 PUMP/MOTOR ASSY, SUB, GRUNDFOS, 9.5GPM, 125'/54PSI - - - 18 PCA-502 PUMP CANISTER ADAPTER, 10" - - - 17 PCA-501 PUMP CANISTER ADAPTER, 6" 1 1 - -6 HH_PS_CAN_4800 CANISTER TUBE ASSY, 48.00"" - - 1 -5 HH_PS_CAN_3825 CANISTER TUBE ASSY, 38.25" 1 1 - 14 HH_CAN_BTM_020TT_075FPT CANISTER TOP ASSY, 2.0 TUBE THRU, 3/4 FPT 1 1 1 13 HH_CAN_BTM_020CB CANISTER BOTTOM, 2" X 6", 060CB 1 - 1 12 21MP-FLATS-0200X0125 MIPA, SAN, W/FLATS, 304, RED, 2.0 X 1.25 - 1 - 11 21MP-FLATS-0200 MIPA, SAN, W/FLATS, 304, 2.0 1 1 1 -

TYPICAL BWS SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SPECIFICATION.ACTUAL PUMP SELECTED MAY NOT BE SHOWN.TYPICAL BWS SUBMERSIBLE PUMP SPECIFICATION.ACTUAL PUMP SELECTED MAY NOT BE SHOWN.

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DUC

TION

IN P

ART

OR

AS

A W

HOLE

WITH

OUT

THE

WRI

TTEN

SHEET 1 OF 1

PUM

P C

AN

ISTE

R A

SSEM

BLY,

TYP

ICA

LD

RAW

ING

IS T

HE S

OLE

PRO

PERT

Y O

F

REV

9600

2

BWS_

CA

NIS

TER_

ASS

YM

OD

EL N

UMBE

R

SCALE: 1:8

REV

DRA

WIN

G N

UMBE

R

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FIDE

NTIA

L

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROHI

BITE

D.

SIZE

0.01

B

THE

INFO

RMA

TION

CO

NTA

INED

IN T

HIS

BEEB

E'S W

ATER

SYST

EMS

8725

AIR

PORT

RD

REDD

ING

, CA

MA

TERI

AL

BWS-GL-02 Appendix2

2. Enclosure:StainlessSteelBWS_CABINET_01

62.0 OR ASCUSTOMERSPECIFIED

A W

HOLE

WITH

OUT

THE

WRI

TTEN

ALU

M P

AN

EL, P

LAST

IC E

LEC

CO

MPO

NEN

TS

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

.XXX

DRA

WIN

G IS

THE

SO

LE P

ROPE

RTY

OF

RED

DIN

G, C

A

SIZE

B

REV

SCALE: DNS

SHEET 1 OF 1

MUC

S-M

OUN

TING

REV

DRA

WIN

G N

UMBE

R

.01

1

.005

PE

RMISS

ION

OF

BWS

IS PR

OHI

BITE

D.

0

THE

INFO

RMA

TION

CO

NTA

INED

IN T

HIS

BWS.

AN

Y RE

PRO

DUC

TION

IN P

ART

OR

AS

MA

TERI

AL

SS C

ABI

NET

& H

ARD

WA

RE,

MO

DEL

NUM

BER

9600

2

UNLE

SS O

THER

WIS

E SP

ECIFI

EDD

IMEN

SION

S A

RE IN

INC

HES.

T

OLE

RAN

CES

ARE

:FR

AC

TION

S

DEC

IMA

LS

AN

GLE

S 1

/16

.X

X

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AND

CO

NFID

ENTIA

L

BWS

MUN

ICIP

AL

WA

TER

GRO

UP87

15 A

IRPO

RT R

D, S

TE B

MA

STER

UTIL

ITY A

ND

CO

NTR

OL

STA

TION

, M

OUN

TING

DIM

ENSI

ON

S

TOP OF GRATING

32.75

17.50

.63 16.17

17.20

40.27

30.11

16.63

14.18

36.22

34.00 30.75 1.63

BWS-GL-02 Appendix3

3. EnclosurePanel:BWS_CAB_PAN_01/02

35.50

27.00

13.50

11.13

34.94

2.00

A

SYM CL

SYM CL

R.16

R.13

DETAIL A

.19

SIZE

B

REV

SCALE: DNS

0.01

PAN

EL, C

ABI

NET

, 36T

X 3

0W, A

L, 0

.19

SHEET 1 OF 1

1022

80

SMM

P-PS

R-PA

NEL

MO

DEL

NUM

BER

DRA

WIN

G N

UMBE

RRE

V 0.01

MA

TERI

AL

UNLE

SS O

THER

WIS

E SP

ECIF

IED

DIM

ENSI

ON

S A

RE IN

INC

HES.

T

OLE

RAN

CES

ARE

:FR

AC

TION

S

DEC

IMA

LS

AN

GLE

S 1

/16

.X

X

.01

1

.XXX

.0

05

PRO

PRIE

TARY

AN

D C

ON

FIDE

NTIA

LTH

E IN

FORM

ATIO

N C

ON

TAIN

ED IN

THI

SD

RAW

ING

IS T

HE S

OLE

PRO

PERT

Y O

FBW

S. A

NY

REPR

OD

UCTIO

N IN

PA

RT O

R A

S A

WHO

LE W

ITHO

UT T

HE W

RITT

EN

PERM

ISSI

ON

OF

BWS

IS P

ROHI

BITE

D.

ALU

MIN

UM

NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDBREAK EDGES 0.010 MAX1.

BWS

MUN

ICIP

AL

WA

TER

GRO

UP69

77 D

AN

YEUR

RD

RED

DIN

G, C

A96

001

PUM

P ST

ATIO

N -

REM

OTE

CA

BIN

ET A

LUM

INUM

PA

NEL

SAN

MA

TEO

MEM

ORI

AL

PARK

PAN

EL-3

0W-3

6T

1022

81

BWS-GL-02 Appendix4

4. PhoenixContactTouchPanel:WP09T/WS

https://www.phoenixcontact.com/us/products/2700309

08/08/2018 Page 1 / 4

Touch panel - WP 09T/WS - 2700309Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Touch panel with 22.9 cm/9" TFT-display (analog resistive (polyester)), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA), 65536colors, ARM9™, 200 MHz, 2x USB host 2.0, 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45, Windows CE 5.0 and usersoftware: MicroBrowser. (bus system: without)

Why buy this product

Short startup time

Easy installation, low installation depth, and compact design

Low maintenance costs - projects are only adapted once

Micro browser (WebVisit client) integrated as standard in all devices

Display available in sizes from 8.9 cm (3.5") to 38.1 cm (15")

Easy device replacement - the visualization project is saved on the PLC (web server)

Key Commercial DataPacking unit 1 STK

GTIN

GTIN 4046356547932

Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 1,980.000 g

Custom tariff number 84714100

Country of origin Germany

Technical data

Note

Utilization restriction EMC: class A product, see manufacturer's declaration in the downloadarea

DimensionsExternal dimension, width 260 mm




08/08/2018 Page 2 / 4

Touch panel - WP 09T/WS - 2700309Technical data

DimensionsExternal dimension, height 172 mm

External dimension, depth 5 mm

Note regarding external dimension Dimensions of the front plate

Installation dimension, width 252 mm

Installation dimension, height 164 mm

Installation dimension, depth 54 mm

DisplayDisplay 22.9 cm/9" TFT

Screen resolution 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA)

Backlighting LED

Display backlight MTBF > 50000 h

Touch technology analog resistive (polyester)

Colors 65536 colors

Computer data

Processor ARM9™, 200 MHz

Operating systems Windows® CE 5.0

User software MicroBrowser

RAM 64 MB SDRAM

Mass storage Flash, 32 MB

Network 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45

Interfaces 2x USB host 2.0

Bus system without

GeneralMaterial front plate Aluminum (natural anodized)

Housing material Steel sheet, zinc-plated

Mounting type Front installation

Weight 1300 g

Ambient conditionsDegree of protection IP65 (front), IP20 (back)

NEMA 4X

Ambient temperature (operation) 0 °C ... 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage/transport) -25 °C ... 70 °C

Permissible humidity (operation) 20 % ... 85 % (non-condensing)

Permissible humidity (storage/transport) 10 % ... 95 % (non-condensing)

Vibration (operation) DIN EN 60068-2-6




08/08/2018 Page 3 / 4

Touch panel - WP 09T/WS - 2700309Technical data

Ambient conditionsShock DIN EN 60068-2-27

Device supplyPower supply unit 24 V DC ±20 %

Standards and RegulationsShock DIN EN 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation) DIN EN 60068-2-6

Environmental Product ComplianceChina RoHS Environmentally Friendly Use Period = 15;

For details about hazardous substances go to tab “Downloads”, Category“Manufacturer's declaration”

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 5.1 27330200

eCl@ss 6.0 27242300

eCl@ss 7.0 27242302

eCl@ss 8.0 27242302

eCl@ss 9.0 27330201

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC001414

ETIM 4.0 EC001412

ETIM 5.0 EC001412

ETIM 6.0 EC001412

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172015

UNSPSC 12.01 43211507

UNSPSC 13.2 43211904

Approvals

Approvals




08/08/2018 Page 4 / 4

Touch panel - WP 09T/WS - 2700309Approvals

Approvals

UL Listed / cUL Listed / EAC / cULus Listed

Ex Approvals

Approval details

UL Listed http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 205795

cUL Listed http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 205795

EAC RU *-DE.A*30.B.00238

cULus Listed

Phoenix Contact 2018 © - all rights reservedhttp://www.phoenixcontact.com



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm


BWS-GL-02 Appendix5

5. PhoenixContactInlineController:ILC151ETH


06/15/2016 Page 1 / 5

Controller - ILC 151 ETH - 2700974Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

The Inline controller offers the option of communicating via PROFINET and Modbus/TCP. Programming is carriedout using PC Worx Express or PC Worx (IEC 61131-3).

Product DescriptionThe ILC 151 ETH modular small-scale controller for the Inline I/O system is at the heart of Easy Automation. The ILC 1X1 series is characterized by itssupport for the Modbus/TCP and PROFINET Ethernet-based protocols. A new feature is the support for an optional SD card.

Product Features PROFINET-Device

Modbus/TCP-Client

Numerous protocols supported such as: http, https, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, DCP, etc.

Free engineering with PC Worx Express (IEC 61131-3)

Program memory and mass storage (256 kB/256 kB)

Modbus/TCP server

HTML 5

Integrated web server for visualization with WebVisit/atvise®

Complete INTERBUS master (4096 I/O points)

SD card up to 2 GB as optional plug-in parameterization memory

Key Commercial DataPacking unit 1 pc

Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 360.0 g


Technical data

Note




06/15/2016 Page 2 / 5

Controller - ILC 151 ETH - 2700974Technical data

Note


DimensionsWidth 80 mm

Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm

Ambient conditionsDegree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 55 °C


Permissible humidity (operation) 10 % ... 95 % (according to DIN EN 61131-2)

Permissible humidity (storage/transport) 10 % ... 95 % (according to DIN EN 61131-2)

Air pressure (operation) 70 kPa ... 106 kPa (up to 3000 m above mean sea level)

Air pressure (storage/transport) 70 kPa ... 106 kPa (up to 3000 m above mean sea level)

Shock 25g, Criterion 1, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (operation) 5g

Control systemProgramming tool PC WORX / PC WORX EXPRESS

Diagnostics tool DIAG+

Configuration tool Config+ Version 1.01 or later

Mechanical designWeight 285 g

Diagnostics display No

Controller redundancy No

Data interfacesInterface INTERBUS local bus (master)

Connection method Inline data jumper

Transmission speed 500 kBaud / 2 MBaud (can be switched)

Interface Parameterization/operation/diagnostics

Connection method RS-232-C, 6-pos. MINI-DIN socket (PS/2), Ethernet 10/100 (RJ45)

Transmission speed max. 115,2 kBit/s

Interface Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-TX

Connection method RJ45 socket

Transmission speed 10/100 MBit/s

PROFINET




06/15/2016 Page 3 / 5


PROFINETDevice function PROFINET device

Power supplyTypical current consumption 210 mA

Max. current consumption 870 mA (370 mA communications power + 500 mA analog voltage supply)

Supply voltage 24 V DC

Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC

Residual ripple ± 5 %

Power dissipation max. 5 W

Fieldbus functionAmount of process data max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS)

max. 16384 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client)

Number of supported devices max. 128

Number of local bus devices that can be connected max. 63 (observe current consumption)

Number of devices with parameter channel max. 16

Number of supported branch terminals with remote bus branch max. 3

Direct I/OsInput name Digital inputs

Number of inputs 8

Connection method Inline potential distributor

Description of the input EN 61131-2 type 1 NPN/PNP

Output name Digital outputs

Number of outputs 4

Connection method 2, 3, 4-wire

Maximum output current per channel 500 mA

Without analog input yes

Without analog output yes

Without pulse direction output yes

Without counter input yes

IEC 61131 runtime systemProgramming tool PC WORX / PC WORX EXPRESS

Program memory 256 kByte (21 K instructions (IL))

Mass storage 256 kByte

Retentive mass storage 8 kByte (NVRAM)

Number of control tasks 8

Realtime clock Yes




06/15/2016 Page 4 / 5


General dataProcessor Altera Nios II 64 MHz

Standards and RegulationsShock 25g, Criterion 1, according to IEC 60068-2-27

Vibration (storage/transport) 5g

Vibration (operation) 5g

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27240490

eCl@ss 4.1 27240490

eCl@ss 5.0 27242208

eCl@ss 5.1 27242208

eCl@ss 6.0 27242208

eCl@ss 7.0 27242208

eCl@ss 8.0 27242207

eCl@ss 9.0 27242207

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC001423

ETIM 4.0 EC000236

ETIM 5.0 EC000236

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172018

UNSPSC 12.01 43201404

UNSPSC 13.2 43201404

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Listed / cUL Listed / RINA / BSH / LR / BV / ABS / EAC / EAC / cULus Listed




06/15/2016 Page 5 / 5

Controller - ILC 151 ETH - 2700974Approvals

Ex Approvals

ATEX / UL Listed / cUL Listed / cULus Listed

Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Listed

cUL Listed

RINA

BSH

LR

BV

ABS

EAC

EAC

cULus Listed




BWS-GL-02 Appendix6

6. PhoenixContactProgram/ConfigurationMemory:SDFLASH2G


06/20/2014 Page 1 / 2

Memory - SD FLASH 2GB - 2988162Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Program and configuration memory

Similar figure

Product descriptionProgram and configuration memory to save the application programs and other files in the file system of the PLC. Alternatively, a program and configuration memory with integrated license is available to disconnect various function blocks.

Product Features

Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 Gbytes

For storing application programs and other files in the file system of the PLC

Key commercial dataPacking unit 1 pc

Weight per Piece (excluding packing) 9.2 GRM


Country of origin Taiwan

Technical data

Product type Parameterization memory

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27240403

eCl@ss 4.1 27240403

eCl@ss 5.0 27242212

eCl@ss 5.1 27242212

eCl@ss 6.0 19150702

eCl@ss 7.0 19150702

eCl@ss 8.0 19150702




06/20/2014 Page 2 / 2

Memory - SD FLASH 2GB - 2988162Classifications

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000192

ETIM 4.0 EC000192

ETIM 5.0 EC000192

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 39121311

UNSPSC 12.01 32101601

UNSPSC 13.2 32101601




BWS-GL-02 Appendix7

7. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalOutModule:IBIL24DO16-ME


06/13/2014 Page 1 / 4

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DO 16-ME - 2897253Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Inline digital output terminal, Inline ME versions (machine edition) complete with accessories (connector andlabeling field), 16 outputs, 24 V DC, 500 mA, 2, 3-conductor connection method

Product Features

16 digital outputs

Connection of actuators in 2 and 3-wire technology

Nominal current per output: 500 mA

Total current of the terminal: 8 A

Short-circuit-proof and overload-protected outputs

Diagnostic and status indicators


Minimum order quantity 4 pc




Technical data

Note


DimensionsWidth 48.8 mm

Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm

Note on dimensions Housing dimensions




06/13/2014 Page 2 / 4

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DO 16-ME - 2897253Technical data

Ambient conditionsAmbient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 55 °C




Air pressure (operation) 70 kPa ... 106 kPa (up to 3000 m above sea level)

Air pressure (storage/transport) 70 kPa ... 106 kPa (up to 3000 m above sea level)

Degree of protection IP20

GeneralWeight 130 g

Note on weight specifications Without plug

Mounting type DIN rail

Protection class III, IEC 61140, EN 61140, VDE 0140-1

Test section 5 V supply, incoming remote bus/7.5 V supply (bus logics) 500 V AC 50 Hz1 min

5 V supply, outgoing remote bus/7.5 V supply (bus logics) 500 V AC 50 Hz1 min

7.5 V supply (bus logics)/24 V supply (I/O) 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

24 V supply (I/O) / functional earth ground 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

Diagnostics messages Short-circuit / overload of the digital outputs Error message in thediagnostic code (bus) and display (2 Hz) via the LED (D) on the module

InterfacesFieldbus system INTERBUS

Designation Inline local bus


Transmission speed 500 kBit/s

Transmission physics Copper

Power supply for module electronicsSupply voltage 24 V DC (nominal value)

Supply voltage range 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple)

Supply current 90 mA

Communications power UL 7.5 V (via voltage jumper)

Current consumption max. 90 mA (from the local bus)

Power consumption max. 0.675 W

Inline potentialsCommunications power UL 7.5 V DC

Current consumption from UL max. 90 mA




06/13/2014 Page 3 / 4

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DO 16-ME - 2897253Technical data

Inline potentialsSegment supply voltage US 24 V DC (nominal value)

Current consumption from US max. 8 A

Digital outputsOutput name Digital outputs

Connection method Spring-cage connection

2, 3-wire

Number of outputs 16

Protective circuit Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs

Output voltage 24 V DC (US - 1 V)

Nominal output voltage 24 V DC (voltage difference at Inom ≤ 1 V)

Maximum output current per channel 500 mA

Maximum output current per module 8 A

Nominal load, inductive 12 W

Nominal load, lamp 12 W

Nominal load, ohmic 12 VA

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27250302

eCl@ss 4.1 27250302

eCl@ss 5.0 27250302

eCl@ss 5.1 27242604

eCl@ss 6.0 27242604

eCl@ss 7.0 27242604

eCl@ss 8.0 27242604

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC001430

ETIM 3.0 EC001599

ETIM 4.0 EC001599

ETIM 5.0 EC001599

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172015




06/13/2014 Page 4 / 4

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DO 16-ME - 2897253Classifications

UNSPSCUNSPSC 12.01 43201404

UNSPSC 13.2 43201404




BWS-GL-02 Appendix8

8. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInModule:IBIL24DI16-ME


06/13/2014 Page 1 / 3

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DI 16-ME - 2897156Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Inline digital input terminal, Inline ME versions (machine edition) complete with accessories (connector andlabeling field), 16 inputs, 24 V DC, 2, 3-conductor connection method

Product Features

16 digital inputs

Connection of sensors in 2 and 3-wire technology

Maximum permissible load current per sensor: 250 mA







Technical data

Note



Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm






06/13/2014 Page 2 / 3

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DI 16-ME - 2897156Technical data

Ambient conditionsAmbient temperature (storage/transport) -25 °C ... 85 °C






GeneralWeight 122 g

Note on weight specifications Without plug





7.5 V supply (bus logics)/24 V supply (I/O) 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

24 V supply (I/O) / functional earth ground 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

InterfacesFieldbus system Lokalbus



Transmission speed 500 kBit/s (automatic recognition)

Power supply for module electronicsSupply voltage 24 V DC (via voltage jumper)



Current consumption max. 60 mA (from the local bus)

Inline potentialsCommunications power UL 7.5 V DC

Current consumption from UL max. 60 mA

Main circuit supply UM 24 V DC

Current consumption from UM max. 8 A DC

Segment supply voltage US 24 V DC (nominal value)

Current consumption from US max. 4 A

Digital inputs




06/13/2014 Page 3 / 3

Inline ME terminal - IB IL 24 DI 16-ME - 2897156Technical data

Digital inputsInput name Digital inputs


2, 3-wire

Number of inputs 16 (EN 61131-2 type 1)

Typical response time < 1 ms

Protective circuit Short-circuit and overload protection

Input voltage 24 V DC (via voltage jumper)

Input voltage range "0" signal -3 V DC ... 5 V

Input voltage range "1" signal 15 V DC ... 30 V DC

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27250302

eCl@ss 4.1 27250302

eCl@ss 5.0 27250302

eCl@ss 5.1 27242604

eCl@ss 6.0 27242604

eCl@ss 7.0 27242604

eCl@ss 8.0 27242604

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC001430

ETIM 3.0 EC001599

ETIM 4.0 EC001599

ETIM 5.0 EC001599

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172015

UNSPSC 12.01 43201404

UNSPSC 13.2 43201404




BWS-GL-02 Appendix9

9. PhoenixContactInlineDigitalInNPNModule–IBILDI2-NPN-PAC


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC - 2861483Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Inline, Digital input terminal, Digital inputs: 2 (NPN), 24 V DC, connection method: 4-wire, transmission speed inthe local bus: 500 kbps, including Inline connector and labeling field

Product DescriptionThe terminal is designed for use within an Inline station. It is used to acquire digital signals.


Connections for 2 digital sensors, npn-wired

Connection of sensors in 2, 3, and 4-wire technology

Maximum permissible load current per sensor: 250 mA



GTIN

GTIN 4017918894405




Technical data

Note


Dimensions




08/08/2018 Page 2 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC - 2861483Technical data


Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm









GeneralMounting type DIN rail

Net weight 59.79 g

Note on weight specifications with connector

InterfacesDesignation Inline local bus

No. of channels 2


Transmission speed 500 kbps

Inline potentialsDesignation Communications power (UL)

Supply voltage 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper)

Current consumption max. 35 mA

Designation Segment circuit supply (US)

Supply voltage 24 V DC (via voltage jumper)


Current consumption max. 0.5 A

Digital inputsInput name Digital inputs

Description of the input EN 61131-2 type 1


Connection technology 4-wire

Number of inputs 2 (NPN)




08/08/2018 Page 3 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC - 2861483Technical data

Digital inputsTypical response time < 1 ms

Type of protection Short-circuit and overload protection

Input voltage 24 V DC

Input voltage range "0" signal -3 V DC ... 5 V DC

Input voltage range "1" signal 15 V DC ... 30 V DC

Electrical isolation

Test section 5 V supply, incoming remote bus/7.5 V supply (bus logics) 500 V AC 50 Hz1 min.

5 V supply, outgoing remote bus/7.5 V supply (bus logics) 500 V AC 50 Hz1 min.

7.5 V supply (bus logics)/24 V supply (I/O) 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min.

24 V supply (I/O) / functional earth ground 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min.

Standards and RegulationsConnection in acc. with standard CUL


Environmental Product ComplianceChina RoHS Environmentally friendly use period: unlimited = EFUP-e

No hazardous substances above threshold values

Drawings

Connection diagram

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

IN2

+2

4V

IN1

+2

4V

Dimensional drawing

140,5

119,8

71

,5

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27250302




08/08/2018 Page 4 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC - 2861483Classifications

eCl@sseCl@ss 4.1 27250302

eCl@ss 5.0 27250302

eCl@ss 5.1 27242600

eCl@ss 6.0 27242600

eCl@ss 7.0 27242604

eCl@ss 8.0 27242604

eCl@ss 9.0 27242604

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC001430

ETIM 3.0 EC001599

ETIM 4.0 EC001599

ETIM 5.0 EC001599

ETIM 6.0 EC001599

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172015

UNSPSC 12.01 43201404

UNSPSC 13.2 32151602

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / LR / BV / ABS / EAC / DNV GL

Ex Approvals

UL Listed / cUL Listed / cULus Listed

Approval details

UL Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 140324





08/08/2018 Page 5 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC - 2861483Approvals

LR http://www.lr.org/en 08/20033

BV http://www.veristar.com/portal/veristarinfo/generalinfo/approved/approvedProducts/equipmentAndMaterials 20989/B2_BV

ABS http://www.eagle.org/eagleExternalPortalWEB/ 17-HG1621871-PDA

EAC EAC-Zulassung

DNV GL http://exchange.dnv.com/tari/ A-13984




http://www.lr.org/en

http://www.veristar.com/portal/veristarinfo/generalinfo/approved/approvedProducts/equipmentAndMaterials

http://www.veristar.com/portal/veristarinfo/generalinfo/approved/approvedProducts/equipmentAndMaterials

http://www.eagle.org/eagleExternalPortalWEB/

http://exchange.dnv.com/tari/

BWS-GL-02 Appendix10

10. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogInModule:IBILAI4/I-PAC


06/13/2014 Page 1 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL AI 4/I-PAC - 2700458Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and labeling field), inputs: 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA,2-wire connection method

Product Features

Excellent interference suppression and common mode rejection

High measuring accuracy

Overload-protected current inputs

Integrated short-circuit-proof sensor supply





Technical data

Note



Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm







06/13/2014 Page 2 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL AI 4/I-PAC - 2700458Technical data

Ambient conditionsPermissible humidity (operation) 10 % ... 95 % (according to DIN EN 61131-2)





GeneralWeight 66 g






7.5 V supply (bus logic), 24 V supply UANA / I/O 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

7.5 V supply (bus logic), 24 V supply UANA/functional earth ground 500 VAC 50 Hz 1 min

I/O / functional earth ground 500 V AC 50 Hz 1 min

Conformance with EMC directivesNoise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Electrostaticdischarge (ESD) EN 61000‑4‑2/IEC 61000‑4‑2 Criterion B; 6 kV contactdischarge, 8 kV air discharge

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Electromagneticfields EN 61000‑4‑3/IEC 61000‑4‑3 Criterion A; Field intensity: 10 V/m

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Fast transients(burst) EN 61000‑4‑4/IEC 61000‑4‑4 Criterion B, 2 kV

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Transient surgevoltage (surge) EN 61000‑4‑5/IEC 61000‑4‑5 Criterion B; supply lines DC:±1 kV/±1 kV (symmetrical/asymmetrical); shielded I/O cables: ±1 kV

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Conductedinterference EN 61000‑4‑6/IEC 61000‑4‑6 Criterion A; Test voltage 10 V

Noise emission test according to EN 61000-6-3 Radio interferenceproperties EN 55022 Class A

Diagnostics messages Failure of the internal I/O supply I/O error message sent to the bus coupler

I/O supply failure Message in the diagnostic code (in the IB IL format)

Overrange or underrange Message in the diagnostic code (in the IB ILformat)

Configuration invalid Message in the diagnostic code (in the IB IL format)

InterfacesFieldbus system Lokalbus





06/13/2014 Page 3 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL AI 4/I-PAC - 2700458Technical data

InterfacesConnection method Inline data jumper



Power supply for module electronicsCommunications power UL 7.5 V (via voltage jumper)

Inline potentialsCommunications power UL 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper)

Current consumption from UL typ. 55 mA

I/O supply voltage UANA 24 V DC

Current consumption from UANA typ. 30 mA

Power consumption typ. 0.94 W (total)

Analog inputsNumber of inputs 4 (differential inputs, current)

Connection method 2-wire

Input name Analog inputs

A/D conversion time max. 6.5 µs

Resolution A/D 12 bit

Data formats IB IL, S7-compatible

Measured value resolution 13 bits (12 bits + sign bit)

Measured value representation 13 bits (12 bits + sign bit)

Current input signal 0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

Filtering None or mean-value generation over 4, 16, or 32 measured values

Number of inputs 4 (differential inputs, current)

Open circuit response Going to 0 mA; open-circuit detection from 4 mA ... 20 mA

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27250303

eCl@ss 4.1 27250303

eCl@ss 5.0 27250303

eCl@ss 5.1 27242601

eCl@ss 6.0 27242601

eCl@ss 7.0 27242601

eCl@ss 8.0 27242601




06/13/2014 Page 4 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL AI 4/I-PAC - 2700458Classifications

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC001596

ETIM 4.0 EC001596

ETIM 5.0 EC001596

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

UNSPSC 11 43172015

UNSPSC 12.01 43201404

UNSPSC 13.2 43201404

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals


Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Listed

cUL Listed

cULus Listed




06/13/2014 Page 5 / 5

Inline terminal - IB IL AI 4/I-PAC - 2700458Drawings

Connection diagram

1.1 2.1

1.2 2.2

1.3 2.3

1.4 2.4

I

I

Dimensioned drawing

140,5

119,8

71

,5





11. PhoenixContactInlineAnalogOutModule–IBILAO2/UI-PAC

PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG Page 1 / 7http://www.phoenixcontact.com May 20, 2014

Extract from the onlinecatalog

IB IL AO 2/UI-PACOrder No.: 2700775

http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2700775

Inline analog output terminal, complete with accessories (connectorconnector and labeling field), 2 outputs, 0-20 mA, 4-20 mA, ±20 mA,0-10 V, ±10 V, 2-wire connection method

Commercial data

EAN

4 046356 639965

sales group K412

Pack 1 Pcs.

Customs tariff 85389091

Gross weight in pieces 0.0904 KG

Net weight per piece 0.0904 KG

Catalog page information Page 221 (C-8-2013)

Product notes

WEEE/RoHS-compliant since:02/15/2011

http://www.download.phoenixcontact.comPlease note that the data givenhere has been taken from theonline catalog. For comprehensiveinformation and data, please referto the user documentation. TheGeneral Terms and Conditions ofUse apply to Internet downloads.

Technical data

Dimensions

Width 12.2 mm

Height 119.8 mm

Depth 71.5 mm


http://www.phoenixcontact.com


IB IL AO 2/UI-PAC Order No.: 2700775http://catalog.phoenixcontact.net/phoenix/treeViewClick.do?UID=2700775


Ambient conditions








General

Weight 66 g




Test section 7.5 V supply (bus logics)/24 V analog supply (analog I/O) 500 VAC 50 Hz 1 min

7.5 V supply (bus logics) / functional earth ground 500 V AC 50Hz 1 min

24 V analog supply (analog I/O) / functional earth ground 500 VAC 50 Hz 1 min

Conformance with EMC directives Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000‑4‑2/IEC 61000‑4‑2Criterion B; 6 kV contact discharge, 8 kV air discharge

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2Electromagnetic fields EN 61000‑4‑3/IEC 61000‑4‑3 Criterion A;Field intensity: 10 V/m

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Fasttransients (burst) EN 61000‑4‑4/IEC 61000‑4‑4 Criterion B, 2 kV

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Transientsurge voltage (surge) EN 61000‑4‑5/IEC 61000‑4‑5 Criterion B;DC: ±0.5 kV/±1 kV(symmetrical/unsymmetrical) supply cables;shielded I/O cables: ±1 kV

Noise immunity test in accordance with EN 61000-6-2 Conductedinterference EN 61000‑4‑6/IEC 61000‑4‑6 Criterion A; Testvoltage 10 V

Noise emission test according to EN 61000-6-3 Radiointerference properties EN 55022 Class A





Diagnostics messages Failure of the internal I/O supply I/O error message sent to thebus coupler

I/O supply failure Message in the diagnostic code (in the IB ILformat)

Short circuit/overload of the outputs Message in the diagnosticcode (in the IB IL format)

Configuration invalid Message in the diagnostic code (in the IB ILformat)

Interfaces





Power supply for module electronics


Inline potentials

Communications power UL 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper)

Current consumption from UL typ. 55 mA

max. 65 mA

I/O supply voltage UANA 24 V DC

Current consumption from UANA typ. 24 mA (No-load)

max. 30 mA (No-load)

typ. 38 mA (Nominal voltage load (UOUT1/2 = 10 V, RL = 1 kΩ))

max. 45 mA (Nominal voltage load (UOUT1/2 = 10 V, RL = 1 kΩ))

typ. 65 mA (Nominal current load (IOUT1/2 = 20 mA, RL = 0 Ω))

max. 75 mA (Nominal current load (IOUT1/2 = 20 mA, RL = 0 Ω))

Power consumption typ. 1.32 W (Nominal voltage load (UOUT1/2 = 10 V, RL = 1 kΩ))

typ. 1.97 W (Nominal current load (IOUT1/2 = 20 mA, RL = 0 Ω))

Analog outputs

Number of outputs 2

Connection method 2-wire (shielded, twisted pair)

Output name Analog outputs

D/A conversion time typ. 10 µs

D/A resolution 12 bit





Type of protection Short-circuit and overload protection

Transient protection

Protective circuit/component Electronic

Suppressor diode

Data formats IB IL, S7-compatible

Representation of output values 12 bits (11 bits + sign bit)

Process data update bus-synchronous

Current output signal 0 mA ... 20 mA

4 mA ... 20 mA

-20 mA ... 20 mA

Load/output load current output ≤ 450 Ω

Voltage output signal 0 V ... 10 V

-10 V ... 10 V

Load/output load voltage output > 1 kΩ

Precision typ. 0.1 % (of output range final value)

typ. 0.1 % (of output range final value)

Permissible cable length max. 250 m (The specifications refer to nominal operation aftercomplying with installation instructions.The specifications refer tothe following reference cable type:Shielded power station cable:LiYCY; 2 x 2 x 0,5 mm²; VDE0812)

Certificates / Approvals

Certification cULus Listed

Certifications applied for:

Certification Ex:

Accessories

Item Designation Description

Assembly

3025341 AB-SK Support bracket for busbars





3026489 AB-SK 65 Support bracket, Bracket for busbars, set every 20 cm,Length: 95.5 mm, Width: 6.2 mm, Color: gray

3026476 AB-SK/E Support bracket, Bracket for busbars, set every 20 cm, Length: 10mm, Width: 56 mm, Height: 20 mm, Color: silver

0402174 NLS-CU 3/10 SN 1000MM PEN conductor busbar, 3mm x 10 mm, length: 1000 mm

3025163 SK 8 Shield connection clamp, for shield on busbars, contact resistance< 1 mOhm




General

0404017 AK 4 Connection terminal block, Connection method Screw connection,Load current : 41 A, Cross section: 0.5 mm² - 6 mm², Width: 7mm, Color: silver

0421032 AKG 4 BK Connection terminal block, Connection method Screw connection,Load current : 41 A, Cross section: 0.5 mm² - 6 mm², Width: 7mm, Color: black

0421029 AKG 4 GNYE Connection terminal block, Connection method Screw connection,Load current : 41 A, Cross section: 0.5 mm² - 6 mm², Width: 7mm, Color: green-yellow





Drawings

Connection diagram

Dimensioned drawing





Address

PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KGFlachsmarktstr. 832825 Blomberg,GermanyPhone +49 5235 3 00Fax +49 5235 3 41200http://www.phoenixcontact.com

© 2014 Phoenix ContactTechnical modifications reserved;





12. PhoenixContactPowerSupply:TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 7

Power supply unit - TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 - 2903149Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Primary-switched TRIO POWER power supply with push-in connection for DIN rail mounting, input: single phase,output: 24 V DC/10 A

Product DescriptionTRIO POWER power supplies with standard functionality The TRIO POWER power supply range with push-in connection has been perfected for use in machine building. All functions and the space-savingdesign of the single and three-phase modules are optimally tailored to the stringent requirements. Under challenging ambient conditions, the powersupply units, which feature an extremely robust electrical and mechanical design, ensure the reliable supply of all loads.


Save time and costs, thanks to the Push-in connection and narrow design

Increase system availability, thanks to dynamic boost with 150% of the nominal current for five seconds

Maximum flexibility due to the wide temperature range from -25°C to +70°C and device startup at -40°C

Rugged design


GTIN

GTIN 4046356960854



Country of origin China

Technical data


Height 130 mm




08/08/2018 Page 2 / 7

Power supply unit - TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 - 2903149Technical data

DimensionsDepth 160 mm


Ambient temperature (operation) -25 °C ... 70 °C (> 60 °C Derating: 2.5 %/K)

Ambient temperature (start-up type tested) -40 °C


Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) ≤ 95 % (at 25 °C, non-condensing)

Climatic class 3K3 (in acc. with EN 60721)

Degree of pollution 2

Installation height ≤ 5000 m (> 2000 m, Derating: 10 %/1000 m)

Input dataNominal input voltage range 100 V AC ... 240 V AC

110 V DC ... 250 V DC

Input voltage range 100 V AC ... 240 V AC -15 % ... +10 %

110 V DC ... 250 V DC -10 % ... +10 %

Dielectric strength maximum 300 V AC 15 s

AC frequency range 50 Hz ... 60 Hz ±10 %

Discharge current to PE < 3.5 mA

Current consumption 3.1 A (100 V AC)

2.4 A (120 V AC)

1.3 A (230 V AC)

1.4 A (240 V AC)

Nominal power consumption 285 VA

Inrush surge current ≤ 25 A

Mains buffering > 15 ms (120 V AC)

> 20 ms (230 V AC)

Input fuse 6.3 A (internal (device protection))

Choice of suitable circuit breakers 6 A ... 16 A (Characteristics B, C, D, K)

Power factor (cos phi) 0.93

Type of protection Transient surge protection

Protective circuit/component Varistor

Output dataNominal output voltage 24 V DC ±1 %

Setting range of the output voltage (USet) 24 V DC ... 28 V DC (constant capacity)

Nominal output current (IN) 10 A

Dynamic Boost (IDyn.Boost) 15 A (5 s)




08/08/2018 Page 3 / 7


Output dataDerating > 60 °C ... 70 °C (2.5%/K)

Connection in parallel Yes, for redundancy and increased capacity

Connection in series yes

Feedback resistance ≤ 35 V DC

Protection against surge voltage on the output ≤ 30 V DC

Control deviation < 1 % (change in load, static 10 % ... 90 %)

< 3 % (Dynamic load change 10 % ... 90 %, 10 Hz)

< 0.1 % (change in input voltage ±10 %)

Residual ripple < 10 mVPP (with nominal values)

Output power 240 W

Typical response time < 1 s

Maximum power dissipation in no-load condition < 5.1 W (230 V)

Power loss nominal load max. < 25 W

GeneralNet weight 1 kg

Efficiency > 91 % (for 230 V AC and nominal values)

Insulation voltage input/output 3 kV AC (type test)

1.5 kV AC (routine test)

Protection class I (in closed control cabinet)


MTBF (IEC 61709, SN 29500) > 1800000 h (25 °C)

> 1000000 h (40 °C)

> 480000 h (60 °C)

Mounting position horizontal DIN rail NS 35, EN 60715

Assembly instructions alignable: horizontally 0 mm (≤ 40 °C) 10 mm (≤ 70 °C), vertically 50 mm

Connection data, inputConnection method Push-in connection

Conductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²

Conductor cross section solid max. 4 mm²

Conductor cross section flexible min. 0.2 mm²

Conductor cross section flexible max. 2.5 mm²

Conductor cross section AWG min. 24

Conductor cross section AWG max. 12

Stripping length 10 mm

Connection data, outputConnection method Push-in connection




08/08/2018 Page 4 / 7


Connection data, outputConductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²







Connection data for signalingConnection method Push-in connection


Conductor cross section solid max. 1.5 mm²






Standards and RegulationsElectromagnetic compatibility Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU

Noise emission EN 55011 (EN 55022)

Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2:2005

Standards/regulations EN 61000-4-2

Contact discharge 4 kV (Test Level 2)


Frequency range 80 MHz ... 1 GHz

Test field strength 10 V/m (Test Level 3)

Frequency range 1.4 GHz ... 2 GHz

Test field strength 3 V/m (Test Level 2)


Comments Criterion B


Signal 1 kV (Test Level 2 - asymmetrical)


EN 61000-4-6

Frequency range 0.15 MHz ... 80 MHz

Voltage 10 V (Test Level 3)

Low Voltage Directive Conformance with LV directive 2006/95/EC




08/08/2018 Page 5 / 7


Standards and RegulationsStandard - Safety of transformers EN 61558-2-16 (air clearances and creepage distances only)

Standard - Electrical safety IEC 60950-1/VDE 0805 (SELV)

Standard – Electronic equipment for use in electrical power installationsand their assembly into electrical power installations EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV)

Standard – Safety extra-low voltage IEC 60950-1 (SELV) and EN 60204-1 (PELV)

Standard - Safe isolation DIN VDE 0100-410

Standard – Limitation of mains harmonic currents EN 61000-3-2

UL approvals UL Listed UL 508

UL/C-UL Recognized UL 60950-1

Shock 18 ms, 30g, in each space direction (according to IEC 60068-2-27)

Vibration (operation) < 15 Hz, amplitude ±2.5 mm (according to IEC 60068-2-6)

15 Hz ... 150 Hz, 4g, 90 min.

Rail applications EN 50121-4

Environmental Product ComplianceChina RoHS Environmentally Friendly Use Period = 25;


Drawings

Block diagram

14

13

active

PFC

L/+

N/-

13

14

++

---

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27040702

eCl@ss 4.1 27040702

eCl@ss 5.0 27049002

eCl@ss 5.1 27049000

eCl@ss 6.0 27049000

eCl@ss 7.0 27049002

eCl@ss 8.0 27049002




08/08/2018 Page 6 / 7

Power supply unit - TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 - 2903149Classifications


ETIM

ETIM 4.0 EC002540

ETIM 5.0 EC002540

ETIM 6.0 EC002540

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 13.2 39121004

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / UL Listed / cUL Recognized / cUL Listed / EAC / IECEE CB Scheme / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed

Ex Approvals


Approval details



cUL Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm FILE E 211944









08/08/2018 Page 7 / 7

Power supply unit - TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/10 - 2903149Approvals

EAC RU C-DE.A*30.B.01082

IECEE CB Scheme http://www.iecee.org/ DK-45300-A1-UL

cULus Recognized http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.htm

cULus Listed




http://www.iecee.org/



13. PhoenixContactUPS:QUINT-UPS/24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 6

Uninterruptible power supply - QUINT-UPS/ 24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH - 2320267Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Uninterruptible energy supply with IQ technology and integrated energy storage for DIN rail mounting, input 24V DC, output: 24 V DC/10 A, energy storage: lead AGM 3.4 Ah, incl. mounted UTA 107/30 universal DIN railadapter

Product DescriptionUPS modules with integrated energy storage are particularly space saving: UPS module and energy storage are combined in one housing. It's just acase of connecting a power supply upstream.


Easy handling thanks to automatic battery detection, tool-free battery replacement during operation, and communication via the IFS interface

Reliable starting of difficult loads with the static POWER BOOST power reserve with up to 1.5 times the nominal current permanently

Fast tripping of standard circuit breakers with SFB (selective fuse breaking) technology

Device suitable for universal use thanks to comprehensive license package and extensive parameterization and diagnostics options


GTIN

GTIN 4046356554183




Technical data


Height 169 mm





08/08/2018 Page 2 / 6

Uninterruptible power supply - QUINT-UPS/ 24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH - 2320267Technical data





Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) ≤ 95 % (25°C, non-condensing)

Climatic class 3K3 (in acc. with EN 60721)


Input dataInput voltage 24 V DC

Input voltage range 18 V DC ... 30 V DC

Current consumption (maximum) 18.6 A (24 V DC)

Current consumption (idle) 9.5 mA

Current consumption (charging process) 3.6 A

Output data (24 V DC mains operation)Nominal output voltage 24 V DC

Output voltage range (depends on the input voltage) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC

Nominal output current (IN) 10 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

POWER BOOST (IBoost) 15 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

Selective Fuse Breaking (ISFB) 60 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

Output data (24 V DC battery operation)Nominal output voltage 24 V DC

Output voltage range (depends on the input voltage) 19.2 V DC ... 27.6 V DC (UOUT = UBAT - 0.5 V DC)

Nominal output current (IN) 10 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

POWER BOOST (IBoost) 15 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

Selective Fuse Breaking (ISFB) 65 A (0 °C ... 40 °C)

General output dataEfficiency > 97.6 % (Mains operation, with charged energy storage)

GeneralIQ technology Yes

Disposal

Used batteries must not be thrown away with household waste, theyshould instead be disposed of in accordance with applicable nationalregulations. They can also be returned to Phoenix Contact or themanufacturer.





08/08/2018 Page 3 / 6


GeneralNet weight 3.8 kg

Memory medium Lead rechargeable battery module, 3.4 Ah

Protection class III

MTBF (IEC 61709, SN 29500) > 806000 h (40 °C)

Mounting position horizontal DIN rail NS 35, EN 60715

Assembly instructions alignable: horizontal 5 mm, vertical 50 mm

Connection data, inputConnection method Pluggable screw connection








Screw thread M4

Connection data, outputConnection method Pluggable screw connection








Screw thread M4

Connection data for signalingConductor cross section solid min. 0.2 mm²






Screw thread M4





08/08/2018 Page 4 / 6


Standards and RegulationsElectromagnetic compatibility Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU


Connection in acc. with standard CUL


Contact discharge 4 kV (Test Level 2)


Frequency range 80 MHz ... 1 GHz

Test field strength 10 V/m

Frequency range 1.4 GHz ... 2 GHz

Test field strength 3 V/m (Criterion A)


Comments Criterion B


Signal 1 kV (Test Level 2 - asymmetrical)


EN 61000-4-6

Frequency range 0.15 MHz ... 80 MHz

Voltage 10 V (Test Level 3)

Low Voltage Directive Conformance with LV directive 2006/95/EC

Standard - Electrical safety EN 60950-1/VDE 0805 (SELV)

EN 61558-2-17

Standard – Electronic equipment for use in electrical power installationsand their assembly into electrical power installations EN 50178/VDE 0160 (PELV)

UL approvals UL/C-UL Recognized UL 60950-1

UL Listed UL 508

Shock 18 ms, 30g, in each space direction (according to IEC 60068-2-27)

Vibration (operation) < 15 Hz, amplitude ±2.5 mm (according to IEC 60068-2-6)

15 Hz ... 150 Hz, 2.3g tv = 90 min.

Rail applications EN 50121-4

Environmental Product ComplianceREACh SVHC Lead 7439-92-1

China RoHS Environmentally Friendly Use Period = 3


Drawings





08/08/2018 Page 5 / 6

Uninterruptible power supply - QUINT-UPS/ 24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH - 2320267

Block diagram

13

23

33

14

24

34R1

R2

Alarm

Bat.-Mode

Bat.-Charge

Remote

Confirm

Data-Port

InputDC 24V

OutputDC 24V

24V 0 2A,

I < IN

C!

t [min]max

Battery

24VDC

"

"

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27040702

eCl@ss 4.1 27040702

eCl@ss 5.0 27242213

eCl@ss 5.1 27040600

eCl@ss 6.0 27040600

eCl@ss 7.0 27040603

eCl@ss 8.0 27040603

eCl@ss 9.0 27040705

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC001039

ETIM 4.0 EC000382

ETIM 5.0 EC000382

ETIM 6.0 EC000382

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211510

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121011

UNSPSC 11 39121011

UNSPSC 12.01 39121011

UNSPSC 13.2 39121011

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / UL Listed / EAC / cUL Recognized / cUL Listed / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed





08/08/2018 Page 6 / 6

Uninterruptible power supply - QUINT-UPS/ 24DC/24DC/10/3.4AH - 2320267Approvals

Ex Approvals


Approval details



EAC EAC-Zulassung




cULus Listed











14. EwonIndustrialVPNRouter:Flexy20500

DATASHEET

Highlights

• IIoT gateway with most PLC protocols

• Flexible WAN interface: Ethernet, 4G, 3G, WiFi

• High performance for data processing

• Data logging and alarm notification

• OPC UA & Modbus server

• Compact and robust design, ideal for electrical cabinet

• Easy to set up through embedded web pages

• MQTT scripting to connect with IIoT Platforms

• SD card ready for easy commissioning

Typical Applications

• Remote Data Collection with IIoT platforms

• Remote Monitoring

• Remote Access

eWON Flexy 205 is a compact modular gateway for collecting Remote Data and providing Remote Access to your industrial equipment. With a configurable WAN/LAN switch, this gateway offers a wide range of extension cards to best fit your application and is perfect for data-intensive applications. Whether your requirements are to: create alarms, monitor dashboards, collect data for machine performance analysis, or even other advanced solutions, the Flexy 205 will meet your needs and expand your possibilities.

Like other routers from the Flexy family, the Flexy 205 has a web-based configuration and built-in scripting tools for customization.

Through the use of our Talk2M APIs, HTTPs scripting, or MQTT scripting, we enable easy integration with your favorite IIoT platform. The flexibility and robustness of the Flexy 205 guarantees a wide array of value-add services for Machines Builders.

Flexy 205IIOT GATEWAY AND REMOTE ACCESS ROUTER

w w w . e w o n . b i z

DUAL SERIAL PORTS

ETHERNET WAN

MPICELLULAR 3G+ WIFI I/O3 USB Ports Card

4G EU/NA/VERIZON

Routing Routing capability between LAN and WAN Ethernet interface and Ethernet to serial gateway

Ethernet to Serial Gateways MODBUS TCP to MODBUS RTU; XIP to UNITELWAY; EtherNet/IP™ to DF1; FINS TCP to FINS Hostlink; ISO TCP to PPI, MPI (S7) or PROFIBUS (S7); VCOM to ASCII.

Data Acquisition Protocols OPC UA, MODBUS/RTU, MODBUS/TCP, Unitelway, DF1, PPI, MPI (S7), PROFIBUS (S7), FINS Hostlink, FINS TCP, EtherNet/IP™, ISO TCP, Mitsubishi FX, Hitachi EH, ASCII, BACnet/IP. Stored in 2500 internal tags

Data Publishing Protocols OPC UA, Modbus, MQTT, SNMPAlarms Alarms notification by email, SMS, FTP put and/or SNMP traps.

4 Thresholds : low, lowlow, high, highhigh + deadband and activation delay.Alarm logs in http and via FTP, Alarm cycle: ALM, RTN, ACK and END

Datalogging Internal data base for data logging (real-time logging and historical logging up to 1,000,000 timestamps). Retrieval of the database with files transferred by FTP or email

SD card reader YES, for easy commissioning (firmware upgrade, backup, Talk2M registration).

Router IP filtering, IP forwarding, NAT, Port forwarding, Proxy, Routing table, DHCP client/server

VPN Tunnelling Open VPN either in SSL UDP or HTTPS

VPN Security VPN sessions are end-to-end encrypted using SSL/TLS protocol. Communications between the remote user and the eWON are fully encrypted using the SSL/TLS protocol, thereby ensuring data authenticity, integrity & confidentiality. Indeed, all users and eWON units are authenticated using x509 SSL certificates and end-to-end traffic is encrypted using strong symmetric & asymmetric algorithms that are part of the SSL/TLS protocol cipher suite.

Programmable Script interpreter for Basic language, Java 2 Standard Edition environment

Synchronization Embedded real-time clock, manual setup via http or automatic via NTP

File Management FTP client and server for configuration, firmware update and data transfer

Website Embedded web interface with setup wizards for configuration and maintenance (no extra software needed). Authentication with login/password and session control for security. Possibility of uploading custom web GUI. Compatible with viewON web HMI.

User Flash Disk up to 30MB available for user applicationMaintenance SNMP and/or via FTP files

Mechanicals Din Rail or wall screw fixing system Dimensions: 133 x 122 x 55 mm (H x D x W );Weight: 280 g without extension card

Power supply 12 - 24VDC +/-20%, LPSConsumption: depending on the extension card installed (see Installation guide on our website)

Input/output 2x digital input: 0 to 12/24VDC; 1.5kV isolation1x digital output: open drain (MOSFET) 200mA; 1.5 kV isolation

Flexy 205 base module interface 4 x RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 Mb .Configurable LAN/WAN ports, port 1 always LAN

FLEXY 205 BASE MODULE

GENERAL FEATURES

Dual serial ports (FLA3301)Number of ports 1x male SUBD9 serial port RS232/422/485 configurable by dipswitch and

1x male SUBD9 RS232 serial port with RTS, CTS signals

Cellular 3G+ (FLB3202)Frequencies Pentaband UMTS/HSPA+ modem (800/850, 900, AWS1700, 1900, 2100 MHz)

Quad band GPRS/EDGE (850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz)

Antenna Connector Type SMA - Female

Antenna Not included in the delivery

EU 4G LTE (FLB3204)Frequencies 4G: B7(2600), B1(2100), B3(1800), B8(900), B20 (800)MHz

3G: B1 (2100), B8 (900) MHz2G: B3 (1800) , B8(900) MHz

Antenna Connector Type SMA - Female

Antenna Not included in the delivery

NA 4G LTE (FLB3205)Frequencies AT&T compliant

4G: B12/B17(700),B5(850), B4(AWS1700),B2(1900), B13(700)MHz3G: B2(1900), B5(850)MHz

Antenna Connector Type SMA - FemaleAntenna Not included in the delivery

Verizon 4G LTE (FLB3203)Frequencies only Verizon network compatible, no CDMA

4G: B4(AWS1700), B13(700) MHzAntenna Connector Type SMA - FemaleAntenna Not included in the delivery

WiFi (FLB3271)Wan connectivity WiFi: 802.11 b/g/n WiFi/WLAN client for remote connectionFrequencies Channels: 1 to 11 ( inclusive )Security WPA2, WPA and WEPAntenna Connector Reverse SMA male connectorAntenna included in the delivery; frequency: 2.4 GHz; impedance: 50 Ohms,

gain:2.0 dB

I/O card (FLX3402)Number of inputs/output I/O card with 8x DI, 2x DO, 4x AI (0-10V, 4-20mA)

Range AI : voltage mode 0-10V - 16 bit resolution or current mode 4-20mA, user selectable with Dip Switch configuration. DI : 0 to 12/24 VDC,DO: 2A/30V VAC/VDC

Isolation AI: 1.5kV from power supply, DI: 1.5 kV from electronic AND power supply, DO: 1.5kV from electronic AND from power supply

FLEXY EXTENSION CARDS

Temperature Range base modules and extension cards Operating: -25°C to +70°C, 10 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

Storage: -40°C to +70°C, 10 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

Marking FCCWarranty 36 monthsType tests Temperature - Operating & Storage tested according to:

IEC 60068-2-1 Cold testIEC 60068-2-2 Dry heat testIEC 60068-2-14 Change of temperatureIEC 60068-2-30 Cyclic damp heat test

Vibration & shocks tested according to:IEC 60068-2-27 BumpsIEC 60068-2-64 Vibration (broad-band random)IEC 60068-2-6 Vibration (sinusoidal)

CE Compliant with: EMC directive 2014/30/EU RE directive 2014/53/EU* LV directive 2014/35/EU* RoHS directive 2011/65/EU REACH regulation 1907/2006

According to standards: EMC: ITE emission Class A and Immunity EN55032; EN55024 EN301489-1*; EN301489-17*; EN301489-52*

Spectrum*: EN301511; EN301908-1; -2 & 13 EN300328

Health: EN62311

Safety: EN60950FCC Compliant with: CFR 47, part 15B class A; 15C*; 22H*; 24E*; 27*; 68*IC Compliant with IC (Industry Canada) RSS-130 -132; RSS-133; RSS-139;

RSS-210Japan This equipment has the Type Approval Certification based on the

Radio Law

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, STANDARDS & DIRECTIVES

3 USB Ports Card (FLB3601)Leds 4 leds : 1 global status, 1 for each port statusConnector Type A femaleCurrent limit Each port has its own 500mA current limit. Global current limit on the board

is 500mAPort activation All ports will be enabled/disabled togetherIsolation Earth GND isolation is limited to 500V due to USB connector design

Ethernet WAN (FLX3101)Ethernet port 1x RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 base Tx; 1.5kV isolation

MPI (FLC3701)1 x female SUBD9 MPI port, 1.5kV functional isolation from power supply

* when applicable depending on the plugged EXT cards

Dual serial ports FLA3301

Cellular 3G+ FLB3202EU 4G LTE FLB3204NA 4G LTE FLB3205VERIZON 4G LTE FLB3203WIFI FLB32713 USB Ports Cards FLB3601Ethernet WAN FLX3101Extension I/O card FLX3402MPI FLC3701

Base Module Part Number Flexy 205 Flexy205

Extension Cards

PART NUMBER

Safety Conform to: EN60950-1; UL60950-1; CSA-C22.2 n° 60950-1-07 UL recognized: file number E350576

www.ewon .b i z Rev

1.0.

Sub

ject

to c

hang

e w

ithou

t not

ice.

HMS - Sweden (HQ) Tel : +46 35 17 29 00 (Halmstad HQ) E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - Belgium (eWON) Tel: +32 67 895 800 E-mail: [email protected] HMS - China Tel : +86 010 8532 3183 E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - France Tel: +33 (0)3 67 88 02 50 (Mulhouse office) E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - Germany Tel: +49 721 989777-000 E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - India Tel: +91 83800 66578 E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - Italy Tel : +39 039 59662 27 E-mail: [email protected] HMS - Japan Tel: +81 45 478 5340 E-mail: [email protected]

HMS - Switzerland Tel: +41 61 511342-0 E-mail: [email protected] HMS - UK Tel: +44 1926 405599 E-mail: [email protected] HMS - United States Tel: +1 312 829 0601 E-mail: [email protected]


15. EwonCellularCommunications:FLB3203

www.ewon.b iz

Many field-based applications do not have access to a wired Internet connection, instead requiring cellular connectivity. Using a 4G cellular connection provides the advantages of innovation and cutting edge technology and can sometimes be the only cellular connectivity in a remote area. The 4G LTE Flexy extension card addresses these requests while allowing an eWON Flexy to connect to the Internet. For remote access requirements, a simple SIM card with data plan is all that is needed to connect to the Talk2M cloud-based solution. Similarly for SCADA-like applications, secure remote VPN connectivity can also benefit from this simple SIM card without the burden of provisioning a fixed IP address on the remote site.

4G LTEExtension card

4G LTE connectivity

Speed up your broadband connectivity on your Flexy with the 4G extension card.

forFlexy

> Secure connection using the Factory WiFi/LAN network> Free to use WiFi/WLAN client compared to cellular modems> Hassle-free to connect

PLC HMI

IP camera

MACHINE

FACTORY LAN

4GVPN

VPN

VPN

4G LTE connectivity

Technical characteristics:EU 4G LTE NA 4G LTE Verizon 4G LTE

Frequencies

4G: B7(2600), B1(2100), B3(1800), B8(900), B20(800)MHz

3G: B1(2100), B8(900) MHz

2G: B3(1800) , B8(900) MHz

AT&T compliant

4G:B2(1900),B4(AWS1700), B5(850),

B12/B13(700) MHz

3G: B2(1900),B5(850) MHz

Verizon certified 4G: B13(700), B4(AWS1700) MHz

Automatic fallback to 3G/2G Automatic fallback to 3G

Antenna ConnectorAntenna

Operating temprature

SMA-F Female

Not included

-25 °C to +70°C

SMA-F Female

Not included

-25 °C to +70°C

SMA-F Female

Not included

-25 °C to +70°C

Certifications

CE

Compliant with

RE Directive 2014/53/EU

RoHS2 directive 2011/65/EU

REACH regulation 1907/2006

Safety

Conform to:

EN60950-1; UL60950-1; CSA-C22.2 n° 60950-1-07

UL Recognized file number E350576

Conform to:

EN60950-1; UL60950-1; CSA-C22.2 n° 60950-1-07

UL Recognized file number E350576

According to

standards

EMC: ITE emission Class A and Immunity

EN55032; EN55024

EN301489-1; EN301489-52

EN301511; EN301908-1; -2 & -13

FCCCompliant with:

CFR 47, part 15B ;22H; 24E; 27

Health EN62311IC Compliant with IC (Industry

Canada) RSS-130; RSS-133Safety EN60950-1

Ordering Ref.:FLB3204 FLB3205 FLB3203

www.ewon.biz

About Flexy:

www.ewon.biz/flexy

The eWON Flexy is the first industrial modular M2M router and data gateway designed for OEMs and system integrators. The flexibility allows to link remote devices in an environment where communication technologies are constantly changing but also to communicate universally with the most varied field equipment, regardless of the protocol used.


16. PhoenixContactSwitch:FLSWITCHSFN8TX

https://www.phoenixcontact.com/us/produkte/2891929

27.06.2013 Page 1 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://download.phoenixcontact.com)

Ethernet switch, 8 TP RJ45 ports, automatic detection of data transmission speed of 10/100 Mbps (RJ45),autocrossing function

Product Features

Auto negotiation and autocrossing detection simplifies installation and setup

Local diagnostic indicators with LEDs

The switch also offers cable locking and port blocking

Data flow control can be disabled to locate network device errors

QoS-prioritized (Quality of Service) messages

RJ45 ports support a transmission speed of 10/100 Mbps; fiber optic ports support 100 Mbps

DC and AC power supplies

Key commercial dataPacking unit 1 PCE

Minimum order quantity 1500 PCE

GTIN


Country of origin TAIWAN

Technical data


Height 120 mm

Depth 70 mm

InterfacesInterface 1 Ethernet (RJ45)




27.06.2013 Page 2 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Technical data

InterfacesNo. of ports 8 (RJ45 ports)

Connection method RJ45

Note on connection method Auto negotiation and autocrossing

Transmission physics Ethernet in RJ45 twisted pair

Transmission speed 10/100 MBit/s

Function

Basic functions Unmanaged switch / autonegotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store andforward switching mode

Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, link and activity per port

Network expansion parametersCascading depth Network, linear, and star structure: any

Maximum conductor length ((twisted pair) 100 m

Supply voltageSupply voltage 24 V DC

Residual ripple 3.6 VPP (within the permitted voltage range)

Supply voltage range 9 V DC ... 30.2 V DC

Typical current consumption typ. 140 mA

General dataMounting type DIN rail

Type AX Block design

Weight 365 g




Permissible humidity (operation) 5 % ... 95 % (no condensation)

Permissible humidity (storage/transport) 5 % ... 95 % (no condensation)

Air pressure (operation) 86 kPa ... 108 kPa (up to 1500 m above mean sea level)

Air pressure (storage/transport) 66 kPa ... 108 kPa (up to 3500 m above mean sea level)

Housing material Aluminum

Noise emission EN 61000-6-4


Classifications

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC000734




27.06.2013 Page 3 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Classifications

ETIMETIM 3.0 EC000734

ETIM 4.0 EC000734

ETIM 5.0 EC000734

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 11 43172015

UNSPSC 12.01 43201410

UNSPSC 13.2 43201410

UNSPSC 6.01 43172015

UNSPSC 7.0901 43201404

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27250501

eCl@ss 4.1 27250501

eCl@ss 5.0 27250501

eCl@ss 5.1 27250501

eCl@ss 6.0 19170106

eCl@ss 7.0 19170106

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals


Ex Approvals


Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Listed




27.06.2013 Page 4 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Approvals

cUL Listed

cULus Listed

Accessories

Accessories

Assembly

End clamp - E/NS 35 N - 0800886

End clamp, width: 9.5 mm, color: gray

Cable/conductor

Patch cable - FL CAT5 PATCH 0,3 - 2832250

Patch cable, CAT5, assembled, 0.3 m









27.06.2013 Page 5 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Accessories



















27.06.2013 Page 6 / 6

Switch - FL SWITCH SFN 8TX - 2891929Accessories





Dust protection - FL RJ45 PROTECT CAP - 2832991

Dust protection caps for RJ45 socket

Security element - FL SEC PAC 4TX - 2832865

Layer1 security elements for four RJ45 network connections for use with patch boxes and panels

© Phoenix Contact 2013 - all rights reservedhttp://www.phoenixcontact.com








17. Ebm-papstCabinetFan:QG030-353/14

e-mail: [email protected] · TEL: 860-674-1515 · FAX: 860-674-8536ebm-papst Inc., 100 Hyde Road, Farmington, CT 06034 USAebm-papst Inc., 2006 © ebm-papst Inc. reserves the right to change any specifications or data without notice

111

e-mail: [email protected] · TEL: 860-674-1515 · FAX: 860-674-8536ebm-papst Inc., 100 Hyde Road, Farmington, CT 06034 USAebm-papst Inc., 2006 © ebm-papst Inc. reserves the right to change any specifications or data without notice

110

Mouser Electronics Authorized Distributor Click to View Pricing, Inventory, Delivery & Lifecycle Information: ebm-papst: QG030-148/12 QG030-148/14 QG030-198/12 QG030-198/14 QG030-303/12 QG030-303/14 QG030-353/12 QG030-353/14

http://www.mouser.com/ebm-papst

http://www.mouser.com/access/?pn=QG030-148/12









18. StegoCabinetThermostat:KTS-011

48 PRODUCT CATALOGUE - STEGOPRODUCT CATALOGUE - STEGOREGULATING

TECHNICAL DATA

Switch temperature difference 7K (±4K tolerance)

Sensor element thermostatic bimetal

Contact type snap-action contact

Service life > 100,000 cycles

Max. switching capacity 250VAC, 10 (2) A 120VAC, 15 (2) A DC 30W at 24VDC to 72VDC

Max. inrush current AC 16A for 10 sec.

Connection¹ 2-pole terminal, clamping torque 0.5Nm max.: rigid wire 2.5mm², stranded wire (with wire end ferrule) 1.5mm²

Mounting clip for 35mm DIN rail, EN 60715

Casing plastic according to UL94 V-0, light grey

Dimensions 60 x 33 x 43mm

Weight approx. 40g

Fitting position variable

Operating/Storage temperature -45 to +80°C (-49 to +176°F)

Operating/Storage humidity max. 95% RH (non-condensing)

Protection type IP20

¹ When connecting with wires, wire end ferrules must be used.

Important note: The contact system of the regulator is subjected to environmental influences, thus the contact resistance may

change. This can lead to a voltage drop and/or self-heating of the contacts.

KTO 011: Thermostat (normally closed); contact breaker for regulating heaters. The contact opens when temperature is rising.

KTS 011: Thermostat (normally open); contact maker for regulating of filter fans and heat exchangers or for switching signal devises when temperature limit has been exceeded. The contact closes when temperature is rising.

> Large setting range > Small size

> Simple to mount > High switching performance

Connection diagrams

ThermostatKTO 011 (NC)

ThermostatKTS 011 (NO)

Examples of connection

e.g. Signal deviceThermostat KTS 011 (NO)

e.g. FanThermostat KTS 011 (NO)

HeaterThermostat KTO 011 (NC)

Heater

Filter fan, Cooling equipment, Signal device

SMALL COMPACT THERMOSTAT KTO 011 / KTS 011

Setting range Art. No. Contact breaker (NC) Art. No. Contact maker (NO) Approvals0 to +60°C 01140.0-00 01141.0-00 VDE - - EAC

-10 to +50°C 01142.0-00 01143.0-00 VDE UL File No. E164102 - EAC+20 to +80°C 01159.0-00 01158.0-00 VDE UL File No. E164102 CSA EAC+32 to +140°F 01140.9-00 01141.9-00 VDE UL File No. E164102 CSA EAC+14 to +122°F 01142.9-00 01143.9-00 VDE UL File No. E164102 CSA EAC

0 to +60°C 01146.9-00 01147.9-00 VDE UL File No. E164102 CSA EAC

TECHNICAL DATASHEET

26.0

2.201

4 | S

pecifi

catio

ns ar

e sub

ject t

o ch

ange

with

out n

otice

. Erro

rs an

d om

issio

ns ex

cept

ed. S

uita

bilit

y of t

his p

rodu

ct fo

r its

inte

nded

use

and

any a

ssoc

iated

risk

s mus

t be d

eter

min

ed b

y the

end

cust

omer

/buy

er in

its fi

nal a

pplic

atio

n.ww

w.st

ego.d

e | w

ww.st

ego.c

o.uk |

www

.steg

onor

den.

se


19. AltechMotorDisconnectSwitch:VKA3160

Brian

Highlight


20. PhoenixContactLightning/SurgeArrestor:FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 9

Type 1+2 protective device combination - FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM - 2905470Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Plug-in lightning and surge arrester combination, in accordance with Type 1+2/Class I+II, for 3-phase powersupply networks, with separate N and PE (L1, L2, L3, PE, N).


Directly coordinated combination of type 1 spark gap without line follow current and type 2 varistor arrester

Particularly suitable for maximum protection of sensitive devices in harsh environments

High continuous voltage of 350 V AC for 230/400 V AC networks with high voltage fluctuations

Pluggable

Low voltage protection level of 1.5 kV

Optical, mechanical status indicator

With floating remote indication contact

Plugs can be checked with CHECKMASTER 2


GTIN

GTIN 4046356950664




Technical data

Dimensions





08/08/2018 Page 2 / 9

Type 1+2 protective device combination - FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM - 2905470Technical data

DimensionsHeight 95.2 mm

Width 142.4 mm

Depth 74.5 mm (incl. DIN rail 7.5 mm)

Horizontal pitch 8 Div.

Ambient conditionsDegree of protection IP20 (only when all terminal points are used)



Altitude ≤ 2000 m (amsl (above mean sea level))

Permissible humidity (operation) 5 % ... 95 %

Shock (operation) 30g (Half-sine / 11 ms / 3x ±X, ±Y, ±Z)

Vibration (operation) 5g (5 - 500 Hz/2.5 h/X, Y, Z)

GeneralIEC test classification I + II

T1 + T2

T1

I

EN type T1 + T2

T1

IEC power supply system TN-S

TT

Mode of protection L-N

L-PE

N-PE

Mounting type DIN rail: 35 mm

Color light grey RAL 7035

traffic grey A RAL 7042

Housing material PA 6.6-FR 20% GF

PBT-FR


Flammability rating according to UL 94 V-0

Type DIN rail module, two-section, divisible

Number of positions 4

Surge protection fault message Optical, remote indicator contact

Protective circuit





08/08/2018 Page 3 / 9


Protective circuitNominal voltage UN 240/415 V AC (TN-S)

240/415 V AC (TT)

Nominal frequency fN 50 Hz (60 Hz)

Maximum continuous voltage UC 350 V AC

Rated load current IL 125 A (< 55 °C)

Residual current IPE ≤ 0.01 mA

Nominal discharge current In (8/20) µs (L-N) 25 kA

Nominal discharge current In (8/20) µs (L-PE) 25 kA

Nominal discharge current In (8/20) µs (N-PE) 100 kA

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-N), charge 12.5 As

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-N), specific energy 160 kJ/Ω

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-N), peak current value Iimp 25 kA

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-PE), charge 12.5 As

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-PE), specific energy 160 kJ/Ω

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (L-PE), peak current value Iimp 25 kA

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (N-PE), charge 50 As

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (N-PE), specific energy 2500 kJ/Ω

Impulse discharge current (10/350) µs (N-PE), peak current value Iimp 100 kA

Follow current interrupt rating Ifi (L-N) 25 kA (264 V AC)

3 kA (350 V AC)

Follow current interrupt rating Ifi (N-PE) 100 A (350 V AC)

Short-circuit current rating ISCCR 25 kA (264 V AC)

3 kA (350 V AC)

Voltage protection level Up (L-N) ≤ 1.5 kV

Voltage protection level Up (L-PE) ≤ 2.2 kV

Voltage protection level Up (N-PE) ≤ 1.5 kV

Residual voltage Ures (L-N) ≤ 1.5 kV (at In)

≤ 1.2 kV (at 10 kA)

≤ 1 kV (at 5 kA)

≤ 0.9 kV (at 3 kA)

Residual voltage Ures (L-PE) ≤ 2.2 kV (at In)

≤ 2 kV (at 10 kA)

≤ 1.8 kV (at 5 kA)

≤ 1.6 kV (at 3 kA)

Residual voltage Ures (N-PE) ≤ 1.5 kV (at In)





08/08/2018 Page 4 / 9


Protective circuit≤ 1 kV (at 10 kA)

≤ 0.9 kV (at 5 kA)

≤ 0.8 kV (at 3 kA)

TOV behavior at UT (L-N) 415 V AC (5 s / withstand mode)

457 V AC (120 min / safe failure mode)

TOV behavior at UT (N-PE) 1200 V AC (200 ms / withstand mode)

Response time tA (L-N) ≤ 25 ns

Response time tA (L-PE) ≤ 100 ns

Response time tA (N-PE) ≤ 100 ns

Max. backup fuse with V-type through wiring 125 A (gG)

Max. backup fuse with branch wiring 315 A (gG)

Additional technical dataMaximum discharge current Imax (8/20) µs (L-N) 50 kA

Maximum discharge current Imax (8/20) µs (L-PE) 50 kA

Maximum discharge current Imax (8/20) µs (N-PE) 100 kA

Indicator/remote signalingSwitching function PDT contact

Operating voltage 12 V AC ... 250 V AC

125 V DC (200 mA DC)

Operating current 10 mA AC ... 1 A AC

1 A DC (30 V DC)

Connection method Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON

Screw thread M2

Tightening torque 0.25 Nm


Conductor cross section flexible 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²

Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 1.5 mm²

Conductor cross section AWG 28 ... 16

Connection dataConnection method Screw terminal blocks

Screw thread M5

Tightening torque 4.5 Nm


Conductor cross section flexible 2.5 mm² ... 35 mm²





08/08/2018 Page 5 / 9


Connection dataConductor cross section solid 2.5 mm² ... 35 mm²


Connection method Fork-type cable lug

Conductor cross section flexible 1.5 mm² ... 16 mm²

UL specificationsSPD Type 4CA

Maximum continuous operating voltage MCOV (L-L) 528 V AC

Maximum continuous operating voltage MCOV (L-N) 264 V AC

Maximum continuous operating voltage MCOV (L-G) 528 V AC

Maximum continuous operating voltage MCOV (N-G) 264 V AC

Nom. voltage 240/415 V AC

Mode of protection L-L

L-N

L-G

N-G

Power distribution system 3Y

Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz

Measured limiting voltage MLV (L-L) 2470 V

Measured limiting voltage MLV (L-N) 1340 V

Measured limiting voltage MLV (L-G) 1550 V

Measured limiting voltage MLV (N-G) 1080 V

Nominal discharge current In (L-L) 20 kA

Nominal discharge current In (L-N) 20 kA

Nominal discharge current In (L-G) 20 kA

Nominal discharge current In (N-G) 20 kA

UL indicator/remote signalingOperating voltage 125 V AC

Operating current 1 A AC

Tightening torque 4 lbf-in.


UL connection dataConductor cross section AWG 12 ... 2

Tightening torque 40 lbf-in.

Standards and Regulations





08/08/2018 Page 6 / 9


Standards and RegulationsStandards/regulations IEC 61643-11 2011

EN 61643-11 2012

Environmental Product ComplianceREACh SVHC Lead 7439-92-1

China RoHS Environmentally Friendly Use Period = 50


Drawings

Dimensional drawing

74

,5

67

95,2 142,4

Product drawing

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC-P

T1-N/PE-350/100-P

N/PE

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

Circuit diagram12 14

11 FM

N

PE L2L1 L3





08/08/2018 Page 7 / 9

Type 1+2 protective device combination - FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM - 2905470

Application drawing

L1

F1

F2

L2

L3

N

PE

L1

L2

L3

N

PE

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC-P

T1-N/PE-350/100-P

N/PE

VALVETRAB

VAL-SEC

T2-350-P

T2

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

FLASHTRAB

FLT-SEC

T1-350/25-P

T1

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 5.1 27140200

eCl@ss 6.0 27130800

eCl@ss 7.0 27130808

eCl@ss 8.0 27130808

eCl@ss 9.0 27130808

ETIM

ETIM 5.0 EC001457

ETIM 6.0 EC001457

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 13.2 39121620

Approvals

Approvals





08/08/2018 Page 8 / 9

Type 1+2 protective device combination - FLT-SEC-T1+T2-3S-350/25-FM - 2905470Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / KEMA-KEUR / cUL Recognized / CCA / IECEE CB Scheme / GL / EAC / cULus Recognized

Ex Approvals

Approval details


KEMA-KEUR http://www.dekra-certification.com 2185820.01


CCA NTR-NL 7348

IECEE CB Scheme http://www.iecee.org/ NL-34357

GL http://exchange.dnv.com/tari/ 13946-15 HH

EAC RU C-DE.A*30.B01561






http://www.dekra-certification.com


http://www.iecee.org/

http://exchange.dnv.com/tari/



08/08/2018 Page 9 / 9




21. PhoenixContactWiringBridge:TMC8B38057C


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 2

Wiring bridge - TMC 8 B3 80 57 C - 2907996Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Bus bar for TMC 83... circuit breakers




Technical data


Height 19.3 mm

Depth 59.2 mm

GeneralNominal current IN 80 A

80 A

80 A

Rated voltage 600 V


Color gray

Housing material Plastic

Approvals

Approvals




08/08/2018 Page 2 / 2

Wiring bridge - TMC 8 B3 80 57 C - 2907996Approvals

Approvals


Ex Approvals

Approval details



cULus Listed







22. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC81D10A


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 3

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 81D 10A - 2907634Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker, number of positions: 1, width: 17.6 mm, mounting type: DIN rail: 35 mm,Color: gray




Technical data

GeneralMounting type DIN rail: 35 mm

Color gray


Electrical dataOperating voltage 277 V AC

60 V DC

Rated current IN 10 A

Rated short-circuit switching capacity Icn 10 kA (IC)

DimensionsHeight 116 mm

Width 17.6 mm

Depth 65.7 mm





08/08/2018 Page 2 / 3

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 81D 10A - 2907634Technical data

Standards and RegulationsStandards/specifications UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Drawings

Diagram

10000

1000

100

10

1

0,1

0,01

0,0011 2 204 506 8

I [A]

t [

s]

12

Dimensional drawing

67

,7

60

,15

,6

45

116

17,6

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141116

eCl@ss 4.1 27141116

eCl@ss 5.0 27141116

eCl@ss 5.1 27141100

eCl@ss 6.0 27141100

eCl@ss 7.0 27141116

eCl@ss 8.0 27141116

eCl@ss 9.0 27141116

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000899

ETIM 4.0 EC000899

ETIM 5.0 EC000899

ETIM 6.0 EC000899

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211812

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121411

UNSPSC 11 39121411

UNSPSC 12.01 39121411




08/08/2018 Page 3 / 3

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 81D 10A - 2907634Classifications

UNSPSCUNSPSC 13.2 39121620

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals


Ex Approvals

Approval details



cULus Listed







23. PhoenixContactUL489CircuitBreaker:TMC83D15A


08/08/2018 Page 1 / 4

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 83D 15A - 2907687Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker, number of positions: 3, connection method: Screw, cross section: 1mm²- 35 mm², AWG: 18 - 2, width: 52.9 mm, mounting type: DIN rail, Color: gray




Technical data

GeneralMounting type DIN rail

Color gray


Electrical dataOperating voltage 277 V AC (277/480Y, 240D)

Rated current IN 15 A

Rated short-circuit switching capacity Icn 10 kA (IC)


Width 52.9 mm

Depth 65.7 mm


Connection data




08/08/2018 Page 2 / 4

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 83D 15A - 2907687Technical data

Connection dataConductor cross section solid min. 1 mm²


Conductor cross section flexible min. 1 mm²

Conductor cross section flexible max. 35 mm²



Connection method Screw

Tightening torque max 2 Nm

Standards and RegulationsStandards/specifications UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Drawings

Diagram

10000

1000

100

10

1

0,1

0,01

0,0011 2 204 506 8

I [A]

t [

s]

12

Dimensional drawing

67

,7

60

,15

,6

45

116

52,9

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141116

eCl@ss 4.1 27141116

eCl@ss 5.0 27141116

eCl@ss 5.1 27141100

eCl@ss 6.0 27141100

eCl@ss 7.0 27141116

eCl@ss 8.0 27141116

eCl@ss 9.0 27141116




08/08/2018 Page 3 / 4

Thermomagnetic device circuit breaker - TMC 83D 15A - 2907687Classifications

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000899

ETIM 4.0 EC000899

ETIM 5.0 EC000899

ETIM 6.0 EC000899

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211812

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121411

UNSPSC 11 39121411

UNSPSC 12.01 39121411

UNSPSC 13.2 39121620

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals


Ex Approvals

Approval details



cULus Listed






08/08/2018 Page 4 / 4




24. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RSC-24DC/21


06/14/2014 Page 1 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

PLC relay, consisting of base terminal block PLC-BSC.../21 with screw connection and pluggable miniature relaywith power contact, for assembly on DIN rail NS 35/7.5, 1 PDT, input voltage 24 V DC

Product Features

Slim design

Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter

Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact

RT III sealed relay

Functional plug-in bridges

Integrated input circuit and interference suppression circuit


GTIN




Technical data

Note



Height 80 mm




06/14/2014 Page 2 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Technical data




Coil sideNominal input voltage UN 24 V DC

Typical input current at UN 9 mA

Typical response time 5 ms

Typical release time 8 ms

Operating voltage display Yes

Protective circuit Protection against polarity reversal Polarity protection diode

Free-wheeling diode Damping diode

Contact sideContact type 1 PDT

Contact material AgSnO

Maximum switching voltage

250 V AC/DC (The separating plate PLC-ATP should be installed forvoltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks inadjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC...or ...FBST 500...)

Minimum switching voltage 5 V (at 100 mA)

Maximum inrush current on request

Min. switching current 10 mA (at 12 V)

Limiting continuous current 6 A

Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 140 W (at 24 V DC)

20 W (at 48 V DC)

18 W (at 60 V DC)

23 W (at 110 V DC)

40 W (at 220 V DC)

1500 VA (for 250 V AC)

Switching capacity in acc. with DIN VDE 0660/IEC 60947 2 A (at 24 V, DC13)

0.2 A (at 110 V, DC13)

0.1 A (at 220 V, DC13)

3 A (at 24 V, AC15)

3 A (at 120 V, AC15)

3 A (at 230 V, AC15)

General




06/14/2014 Page 3 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Technical data

GeneralTest voltage relay winding/relay contact 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)

Operating mode 100% operating factor

Mechanical service life 2 x 107 cycles

Inflammability class according to UL 94 V0

Designation Standards/regulations

Standards/regulations IEC 60664

EN 50178

IEC 62103

Pollution degree 3

Surge voltage category III

Mounting position any

Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing

Connection dataConnection method Screw connection


Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.14 mm²

Conductor cross section stranded max. 2.5 mm²



Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 14

Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 26

Screw thread M3

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27371102

eCl@ss 4.1 27371102

eCl@ss 5.0 27371001

eCl@ss 5.1 27371001

eCl@ss 6.0 27371001

eCl@ss 7.0 27371001

eCl@ss 8.0 27371001

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC000196

ETIM 3.0 EC000196




06/14/2014 Page 4 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Classifications


ETIM 5.0 EC000196

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211916

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121515

UNSPSC 11 39121515

UNSPSC 12.01 39121515

UNSPSC 13.2 39121515

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / UL Listed / cUL Recognized / GOST / cUL Listed / GL / UL Listed / cUL Listed / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed

Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Recognized

UL Listed

cUL Recognized




06/14/2014 Page 5 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Approvals

GOST

cUL Listed

GL

UL Listed

cUL Listed

cULus Recognized

cULus Listed

Drawings




06/14/2014 Page 6 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171

Diagram

0,1

0,20,3

0,5

1

2

4

10

20

10 20 30 50 70 100 300200

12

1

2

6

AC,ohmicload

DC,ohmicload

Switchingvoltage[V]

Sw

itch

ing

cu

rre

nt

[A]

Interrupting rating

Circuit diagram

A1

A2 11

14

12

Diagram

Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) Curve B




06/14/2014 Page 7 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 - 2966171Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation (see relevant technical data)





25. EmmersonVariableFrequencyDrive:M200-02200042A

Call us at: +1 800 893-2321

The Unidrive M200 delivers benchmark functionality at no added cost to the base drive itself. Plug-in options, dynamic performance, PLC functionality and other advanced features such as industrial standard fieldbuses, Ethernet, and Modbus RTU communications ensure that in more complex applications Unidrive M200 can deliver more than the average general purpose drive - giving you lower cost solutions and better productivity in your motor control applications.

Enhance up-time and system flexibility

• Flexible system integration and remote diagnostics through optional industrial Ethernet and fieldbus communication

• Flexible I/O that is expandable with SI-I/O option module• Enhanced functionality and onboard PLC programming provides a low-cost system

solution, minimizing the need for additional equipment such as PLCs

High performance open loop motor control

• RFC-A (Rotor Flux Control) algorithm for exceptional induction motor control of demanding applications

• Closed loop current control without a position feedback device• Speed control for conveyors, fans, pumps, and mixers, where their function

are controlled remotely with fieldbus or Ethernet communications

Key dataHeavy Duty Ratings: 0.33 hp to 150 hp (0.25 kW to 110 kW)Normal Duty Ratings: 0.33 hp to 200 hp (0.25 kW to 132 kW) Supply phases: Frame size 1 and 2: 110 V drives 1Ø,

230 V drives 1Ø or 3Ø; Frame size 7 and larger 3Ø; 460, 575 and 690 V drives 3Ø

Control connections: 3x Analog I/O, 5x Digital I/O, 1x RelayDrive rating: IP21 / UL open class as standardKeypad: Fixed LEDOption slots: 1 (frame size 2 and above)Parameter cloning via: PC tools, SD card

Unidrive M200 Frame Size 1

How to select a drive (Consult online catalog for complete drive information)

1. Electrical Considerations

• What is the supply voltage?• Single or 3Ø input power?• What is the motor rating?

• Continuous current – FLA (Full Load Amps)• Select the drive based on motor Amps rather than horsepower

2. Load Type (choose one)

• Normal Duty: Peak current is 110% of drive rating (fans, pumps, etc.)• Heavy Duty: Peak current is 180% (mixers, conveyors, etc.)

3. Drive Mechanical Mounting

• Panel mounting – as standard• Wall mounting – UL conduit kits are available• Through panel mounting – frames 5 and up

Unidrive M200 AC DrivesFlexible machine integration through communications and onboard PLC

Voltage ratings

100 / 120 VAC ± 10% ü

200 / 240 VAC ± 10% ü

380 / 480 VAC ± 10% ü

500 / 575 VAC ± 10% ü

500 / 690 VAC ± 10% ü

Control modeOpen loop vector or V/Hz induction motor control üOpen loop Rotor Flux Control for induction motors (RFC-A) ü

APPR OVAL

IS

O 9002

APPR OVAL

IS

O 9002

APPR OVAL

IS

O 9002

APPROVAL

I

SO 9001

Visit www.Drive-Setup.com for step by step guides, videos, software & product support documentation.

P/N

SEL

-M20

0 1

0/17

UNIDRIVE M200 AC Drives for Industrial Applications

Call us at: +1 800 893-2321

115 VAC, Single Phase 50/60 Hz Input, 230 VAC 3-Phase Output

Unidrive M200Order Code*

Normal Duty Heavy Dutyhp Amps hp Amps

M200-01100017A 0.33 1.7 0.33 1.7M200-01100024A 0.5 2.4 0.5 2.4M200-02100042A 1 4.2 1 4.2M200-02100056A 1.5 5.6 1.5 5.6

230 VAC, Single Phase Input, 3-Phase Output, 50/60 Hz Input



M200-01200017A 0.33 1.7 0.33 1.7M200-01200024A 0.5 2.4 0.5 2.4M200-01200033A 0.75 3.3 0.75 3.3M200-01200042A 1 4.2 1 4.2M200-02200024A 0.5 2.4 0.5 2.4M200-02200033A 0.75 3.3 0.75 3.3M200-02200042A 1 4.2 1 4.2M200-02200056A 1.5 5.6 1.5 5.6M200-02200075A 2 7.5 2 7.5M200-03200100A 3 10 3 10M200-04200133A 3 13.3 3 13.3

230 VAC, Three Phase Input, 3-Phase Output, 50/60 Hz Input



M200-02200024A 0.5 2.4 0.5 2.4M200-02200033A 0.75 3.3 0.75 3.3M200-02200042A 1 4.2 1 4.2M200-02200056A 1.5 5.6 1.5 5.6M200-02200075A 2 7.5 2 7.5M200-03200100A 3 10 3 10M200-04200133A 3 13.3 3 13.3M200-04200176A 5 17.6 5 17.6M200-05200250A 10 30 7.5 25M200-06200330A 15 50 10 33M200-06200440A 20 58 15 44M200-07200610A 25 75 20 61M200-07200750A 30 94 25 75M200-07200830A 40 117 30 83M200-08201160A 50 149 40 116M200-08201320A 60 180 50 132

M200-09201760x** 75 216 60 176M200-09202190x** 100 266 75 219

*Add 10101AB100 to the base order code when ordering standard US (60Hz) default products

**x= A or E (9E frame requires an external AC Line Reactor)

460 VAC, Three Phase Input, 3-Phase Output, 50/60 Hz Input



M200-02400013A 0.5 1.3 0.5 1.3M200-02400018A 0.75 1.8 0.75 1.8M200-02400023A 1 2.3 1 2.3M200-02400032A 1.5 3.2 1.5 3.2M200-02400041A 2 4.1 2 4.1M200-03400056A 3 5.6 3 5.6M200-03400073A 3 7.3 3 7.3M200-03400094A 5 9.4 5 9.4M200-04400135A 7.5 13.5 7.5 13.5M200-04400170A 10 17 10 17M200-05400270A 20 30 20 27M200-05400300A 20 30 20 30M200-06400350A 25 38 25 35M200-06400420A 30 48 30 42M200-06400470A 50 63 30 47M200-07400660A 60 79 50 66M200-07400770A 75 94 60 77M200-07401000A 75 112 75 100M200-08401340A 125 155 100 134M200-08401570A 150 184 125 157

M200-09402000x** 150 221 150 180M200-09402240x** 200 255 150 211

**x= A or E (9E frame requires an external AC Line Reactor)

Order String - Frame Size KeyExample: M200-XX_ _ _ _ _ _ _ XX = Frame Size (01-09 above)

Option Description Order Code

Drive Configuration & Programming

Configuration software UNIDRIVE-M-CONNECTDrive to PC USB cable

(requires a 485 adaptor) CT-USB-CABLE

Parameter cloning 4 GB(includes 4 GB SD card) AI-SMART-ADAPTOR

Parameter cloning(requires an SD card) AI-BACKUP-ADAPTOR

8 GB SD card CTSD8GB

Operator Interfaces

Remote LCD display REMOTE-KEYPADRemote LCD display with

real-time clock REMOTE-KEYPAD-RTC

Remote display cable UM-LCD-485-XXX****Input / Output*** Extended I/O SI-I/O

Communications***

Modbus RTU AI-485-ADAPTORModbus RTU with 24 V AI-485-24V-ADAPTOR

PROFIBUS DP SI-PROFIBUSDeviceNet SI-DEVICENETCANopen SI-CANOPEN

PROFINET RT SI-PROFINETEtherCAT SI-ETHERCAT

EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP SI-ETHERNETApplication Programming Software & Diagnostics

PLC programming MACHINE-CONTROL-STUDIODigital oscilloscope CTSCOPE

Power AccessoriesExternal EMC filter

See the Unidrive M: General Purpose AC Drives brochureLine & load reactors

Dynamic braking resistors

Environmental Protection & Cable Management

UL Type 1 conduit kitsSee the Unidrive M: General Purpose AC Drives brochure

Retrofit kits for Commander SK

Fan replacement kits

***frame sizes 2 and up accept 1 SI option

****Shielded RS485 patch cable, CAT5e, conductive metal RJ45 connectors, XXX=cable length in 5 foot increments (max 330 ft), standard lengths are (005, 010, 015, 025 and 050)

OPTIONS AT-A-GLANCE

W

H

D

Frame Size Dimensions H x W x D (in)

Weight (lbs)

01 6.3 x 3.0 x5.1 1.702 8.1 x 3.1 x 5.9 2.203 8.9 x 3.5 x 6.3 3.304 10.9 x 4.5 x 6.9 6.905 15.4 x 5.6 x 7.9 16.306 15.4 x 8.3 x 9.0 30.907 21.9 x 10.6 x 11.0 61.708 31.7 x 12.2 x 11.4 114.609E 39.8 x 12.2 x 11.4 101.409A 43.6 x 12.2 x 11.4 146.6

Dimensions & Weights

Additional distance should be added to the height dimension (H) when the AI options are fitted.

Diagnostic SoftwareOur Drive Diagnostics APP allows users to quickly diagnose faults. In the unlikely event that you get a drive error, download our free Diagnostics Tool app. Just input the error code on your device and you’ll be given a solution. Download our Diagnostics Tool App at: www.controltechniques.com/mobile-applications

See the Unidrive M: General Purpose AC Drives brochure for our full product offering including 575 V and 690 V solutions.Order Information & Ratings

Brian

Highlight


26. PhoenixContactDinRail:NS35/15Perf


06/11/2014 Page 1 / 2

DIN rail perforated - NS 35/15 PERF 2000MM - 1201730Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

DIN rail, material: steel galvanized and passivated with a thick layer, perforated, height 15 mm, width 35 mm,length: 2000 mm

Product Features

If you require greater quantities, the same article is available in a unit pack of 25 pcs. (50 m)

Key commercial dataPacking unit 2 M

Minimum order quantity 5 M

GTIN




Technical data


Length 2000 mm

Width 35 mm

GeneralMaterial Steel

Coating Galvanized, passivated with a thick layer

Color silver

Test standard In acc. with EN 60715: 2001

Nominal current IN 4200 A




06/11/2014 Page 2 / 2

DIN rail perforated - NS 35/15 PERF 2000MM - 1201730Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 23150301

eCl@ss 4.1 23150301

eCl@ss 5.0 27141143

eCl@ss 5.1 27141143

eCl@ss 6.0 27141143

eCl@ss 7.0 27141143

eCl@ss 8.0 27141143

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC001285

ETIM 3.0 EC001285

ETIM 4.0 EC000212

ETIM 5.0 EC000212

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

25

15

6,2

35

27

R 1,25

R 1,25

15°

1

15

1,5





27. PhoenixContactCableDuct:CD40x80


07/21/2016 Page 1 / 3

Cable duct - CD 40X80 - 3240198Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Cable duct, gray, consisting of upper and lower part, width: 40 mm, height: 80 mm, length 2000 mm

Why buy this product Easy, burr-free cutting with minimum effort using the CUTFOX-CD cable duct cutter

Thanks to its leverage and special cutting geometry, the PPS CD cable duct cutter enables easy, burr-free cutting with minimum effort

Predetermined breaking point enables tool-free, burr-free removal of bars

The wide, diagonal heads of the cable duct bars make it easy to fit the cover and hold it securely in place

Installed conductors are securely held in place by means of wire retaining clips that can be snapped onto bars on the side

Plastic body-bound rivets enable easy fixing of cable ducts using the rivet setting tool


Minimum order quantity 10 STK




Technical data

DimensionsLength (b) 2000 mm

Width (a) 40 mm

Height 80 mm





07/21/2016 Page 2 / 3

Cable duct - CD 40X80 - 3240198Technical data

GeneralColor gray

Components Lead-free

Flammability rating according to UL 94 V0

Material PVC

Standards and RegulationsHalogen-free no

Connection in acc. with standard CSA


Drawings

Dimensional drawing

20

00

25

10 1

48

12 6,5

4,5

Base perforation according to DIN EN 50085

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27140602

eCl@ss 4.1 27140602

eCl@ss 5.0 27140602

eCl@ss 5.1 27140602

eCl@ss 6.0 27400703

eCl@ss 7.0 27400703

eCl@ss 8.0 27400703

eCl@ss 9.0 27400703

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC000012

ETIM 3.0 EC000012




07/21/2016 Page 3 / 3

Cable duct - CD 40X80 - 3240198Classifications


ETIM 5.0 EC000012

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30101815

UNSPSC 7.0901 30101815

UNSPSC 11 30101815

UNSPSC 12.01 30101815

UNSPSC 13.2 30101815





28. PhoenixContactDinRailEndCap:NS35/15Cap


06/11/2014 Page 1 / 2

End cap - NS 35/15 CAP - 1206573Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

DIN rail end piece, for DIN rail NS 35/15

Product Features

NS 35/... CAP end caps can be attached to the ends of NS 35/7,5 and NS 35/15 DIN rails






Technical data


Length 37.5 mm

Width 7 mm

GeneralMaterial PP

Coating uncoated

Color gray

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27110804




06/11/2014 Page 2 / 2

End cap - NS 35/15 CAP - 1206573Classifications


eCl@ss 5.0 27141143

eCl@ss 5.1 27141143

eCl@ss 6.0 27141143

eCl@ss 7.0 27141143

eCl@ss 8.0 27141143

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC001285

ETIM 3.0 EC001285

ETIM 4.0 EC000212

ETIM 5.0 EC000212

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing





29. PhoenixContactEndClampE/NS35N


06/11/2014 Page 1 / 3

End clamp - E/NS 35 N - 0800886Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

End clamp, width: 9.5 mm, color: gray

Product Features

Large-surface labeling


GTIN




Technical data


Length 48.6 mm

Width 9.5 mm

GeneralMaterial PA

Color gray




06/11/2014 Page 2 / 3

End clamp - E/NS 35 N - 0800886Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141199

eCl@ss 4.1 27141199

eCl@ss 5.0 27141135

eCl@ss 5.1 27141145

eCl@ss 6.0 27141135

eCl@ss 7.0 27141135

eCl@ss 8.0 27141135

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC000761

ETIM 3.0 EC001041

ETIM 4.0 EC001041

ETIM 5.0 EC001041

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings




06/11/2014 Page 3 / 3

End clamp - E/NS 35 N - 0800886

Dimensioned drawing





30. PhoenixContactTerminalBlock:PTI2,5-PE/L/TG


06/12/2014 Page 1 / 6

Installation ground terminal block - PTI 2,5-PE/L/TG - 3213960Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Installation ground terminal block, Push-in connection, Cross section: 0.14 mm² - 4 mm², AWG: 26 - 12,Width: 5.2 mm, Color: gray, Mounting type: NS 35/7,5, NS 35/15

Product Features

Double function shafts on all levels

The terminal blocks with knife disconnect zone in the upper level meet the safety requirement regarding individual circuit isolation of DIN VDE0100-718






Technical data

GeneralNumber of levels 3

Number of connections 5

Color gray

Insulating material PA


Maximum load current 30 A (with 4 mm² conductor cross section and 3-pos. terminal block)

16 A (disconnect level 16 A. The current is determined by the componentused.)

Rated surge voltage 4 kV

6 kV

Pollution degree 3




06/12/2014 Page 2 / 6

Installation ground terminal block - PTI 2,5-PE/L/TG - 3213960Technical data

GeneralSurge voltage category III

Insulating material group I

Nominal current IN 24 A (with 4 mm² conductor cross section)

Nominal voltage UN 400 V (phase conductor/phase conductor)

250 V (phase conductor/PE)

phase conductor/N


Open side panel ja

Shock protection test specification DIN EN 50274 (VDE 0660-514):2002-11

Back of the hand protection guaranteed

Finger protection guaranteed

Surge voltage test setpoint 7.3 kV

Result of surge voltage test Test passed

Power frequency withstand voltage setpoint 1.89 kV

Result of power-frequency withstand voltage test Test passed

Checking the mechanical stability of terminal points (5 x conductorconnection) Test passed

Bending test rotation speed 10 rpm

Bending test turns 135

Bending test conductor cross section/weight 0.14 mm² / 0.2 kg

4 mm² / 0.9 kg

Result of bending test Test passed

Conductor cross section tensile test 0.14 mm²

Tractive force setpoint 10 N

Conductor cross section tensile test 4 mm²

Tractive force setpoint 60 N

Tensile test result Test passed

Tight fit on carrier NS 35

Setpoint 1 N

Result of tight fit test Test passed

Requirements, voltage drop ≤ 3.2 mV

Result of voltage drop test Test passed

Temperature-rise test Test passed

Conductor cross section short circuit testing 4 mm²

Short-time current 0.48 kA

Conductor cross section short circuit testing 1.5 mm²

Short-time current 0.18 kA




06/12/2014 Page 3 / 6


GeneralShort circuit stability result Test passed

Ageing test for screwless modular terminal block temperature cycles 192

Result of aging test Test passed

Proof of thermal characteristics (needle flame) effective duration 30 s

Result of thermal test Test passed

Test specification, oscillation, broadband noise DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03

Test spectrum Service life test category 1, class B, body mounted

Test frequency f1 = 5 Hz to f2 = 150 Hz

ASD level 1.857 (m/s2)2/Hz

Acceleration 0.8 g

Test duration per axis 5 h

Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis

Oscillation, broadband noise test result Test passed

Test specification, shock test DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115-200):2008-03

Shock form Half-sine

Acceleration 5 g

Shock duration 30 ms

Number of shocks per direction 3

Test directions X-, Y- and Z-axis (pos. and neg.)

Shock test result Test passed

Temperature index, insulating material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C

Static insulating material application in cold -60 °C


Length 101 mm

Height NS 35/7,5 50.5 mm

Height NS 35/15 58 mm

Connection dataConnection method Push-in connection



Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil min. 26

Conductor cross section AWG/kcmil max 12

Conductor cross section stranded min. 0.14 mm²

Conductor cross section stranded max. 4 mm²

Min. AWG conductor cross section, stranded 26




06/12/2014 Page 4 / 6


Connection dataMax. AWG conductor cross section, stranded 12

Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule without plastic sleeve min. 0.14 mm²

Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule without plastic sleeve max. 2.5 mm²

Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule with plastic sleeve min. 0.14 mm²

Conductor cross section stranded, with ferrule with plastic sleeve max. 2.5 mm²

2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plasticsleeve, max. 0.5 mm²


Internal cylindrical gage A3

Connection method Push-in connection

2 conductors with same cross section, stranded, TWIN ferrules with plasticsleeve, max. 0.5 mm²


Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141121

eCl@ss 4.1 27141121

eCl@ss 5.0 27141120

eCl@ss 5.1 27141120

eCl@ss 6.0 27141120

eCl@ss 7.0 27141120

eCl@ss 8.0 27141141

ETIM

ETIM 4.0 EC000897

ETIM 5.0 EC001329

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211811

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121410

UNSPSC 11 39121410

UNSPSC 12.01 39121410

UNSPSC 13.2 39121410

Approvals

Approvals




06/12/2014 Page 5 / 6

Installation ground terminal block - PTI 2,5-PE/L/TG - 3213960Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / GOST / VDE Zeichengenehmigung / IECEE CB Scheme / GL / cULus Recognized

Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Recognized

B C D

mm²/AWG/kcmil 26-12 26-12 26-12

Nominal current IN 20 A 20 A 10 A

Nominal voltage UN 300 V 150 V 300 V

cUL Recognized

B C D

mm²/AWG/kcmil 26-12 26-12 26-12

Nominal current IN 20 A 20 A 10 A

Nominal voltage UN 300 V 150 V 300 V

GOST

VDE Zeichengenehmigung

mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4




06/12/2014 Page 6 / 6

Installation ground terminal block - PTI 2,5-PE/L/TG - 3213960Approvals

IECEE CB Scheme

mm²/AWG/kcmil 0.2-4

GL

cULus Recognized

Drawings

Circuit diagram





31. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockEndCover:D-PTI/3B


06/12/2014 Page 1 / 2

End cover - D-PTI/3B - 3213976Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

End cover, Length: 101 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Color: gray





Country of origin Poland

Technical data

GeneralColor gray




Length 101 mm

GeneralTemperature index, insulating material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 130 °C


Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141111

eCl@ss 4.1 27141111

eCl@ss 5.0 27141133




06/12/2014 Page 2 / 2

End cover - D-PTI/3B - 3213976Classifications


eCl@ss 6.0 27141133

eCl@ss 7.0 27141133

eCl@ss 8.0 27141133

ETIM

ETIM 4.0 EC000886

ETIM 5.0 EC000886

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211827

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121424

UNSPSC 11 39121424

UNSPSC 12.01 39121424

UNSPSC 13.2 39121424

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

GOST

Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

GOST





32. PhoenixContactTerminalBlockPartitionPlate:ATP-PTI/3


06/12/2014 Page 1 / 2

Partition plate - ATP-PTI/3 - 3213990Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Partition plate, Length: 103 mm, Width: 2.2 mm, Height: 49.3 mm, Color: gray






Technical data

GeneralColor gray



Length 103 mm

Height 49.3 mm

Height NS 35/7,5 50.5 mm

Height NS 35/15 58 mm

GeneralTemperature index, insulating material (DIN EN 60216-1 (VDE 0304-21)) 125 °C


Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27141199




06/12/2014 Page 2 / 2

Partition plate - ATP-PTI/3 - 3213990Classifications


eCl@ss 5.0 27141145

eCl@ss 5.1 27141145

eCl@ss 6.0 27141133

eCl@ss 7.0 27141133

eCl@ss 8.0 27141133

ETIM

ETIM 2.0 EC000886

ETIM 3.0 EC000886

ETIM 4.0 EC000886

ETIM 5.0 EC000886

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211828

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121425

UNSPSC 11 39121425

UNSPSC 12.01 39121425

UNSPSC 13.2 39121425





33. PhoenixContactFusePlug:F-FU5X20LED24-5


06/12/2014 Page 1 / 5

Fuse plug - P-FU 5X20 LED 24-5 - 3209248Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Fuse plug with LED for 12 - 30 V DC, 0.35 - 0.95 mA, width 5.2 mm, color black

Product Features

Large-surface labeling option

Test contacts on both sides of the fuse

Versions with bipolar defect indicator

Can be used for overload/short-circuit protection






Technical data

General

Note Prior to replacing the cartridge fuse, disconnect the fuse connector fromthe basic terminal block.

Color black




Length 23.5 mm

General




06/12/2014 Page 2 / 5

Fuse plug - P-FU 5X20 LED 24-5 - 3209248Technical data

GeneralFuse G / 5 x 20

Nominal current IN 0.95 mA

Nominal voltage UN24 V (if used as disconnect terminal block. With fuse, the voltage isdetermined by the light indicator used.)

24 V (if used as fuse terminal block)

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27142001

eCl@ss 4.1 27142001

eCl@ss 5.0 27142001

eCl@ss 5.1 27142001

eCl@ss 6.0 27141149

eCl@ss 7.0 27141149

eCl@ss 8.0 27141149

ETIM

ETIM 4.0 EC002018

ETIM 5.0 EC002018

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211811

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121409

UNSPSC 11 39121409

UNSPSC 12.01 39121409

UNSPSC 13.2 39121409

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / CSA / cULus Recognized

Ex Approvals




06/12/2014 Page 3 / 5

Fuse plug - P-FU 5X20 LED 24-5 - 3209248Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

UL Recognized


Nominal voltage UN 24 V

cUL Recognized



CSA



cULus Recognized

Drawings




06/12/2014 Page 4 / 5

Fuse plug - P-FU 5X20 LED 24-5 - 3209248

Application drawing

6,2

10,4

Application drawing

Fuse terminal blocks in interconnected arrangement, block consisting of 5 fuse terminal blocks




06/12/2014 Page 5 / 5

Fuse plug - P-FU 5X20 LED 24-5 - 3209248

Application drawing

Fuse terminal block in single arrangement, block consisting of one fuse terminal block and 4 feed-through terminal blocks





34. MTWWire:15-18-16T


35. TurckCable/Cordset:RF50609&RK4.5T-x/S618

www.turck.us · 1-800-544-7769 · Fax: (763) 553-0708 · TURCK Inc. Minneapolis, MN 55441 B2007 D11

M12 eurofast®

Connectivity

Co

rd

se

ts

Connector Style Female Part Number Male Part Number Features Pinout

RK 4.5T-*WK 4.5T-*

RS 4.5T-*WS 4.5T-*

AWM PVC Grey, 5x22 AWG,

105°C, 5.7 mm OD

Cable #RF50543-*M†, flexlife ®

1. BN

2. WH

3. BU

4. BK

5. GY

RK 4.5T-*/S90WK 4.5T-*/S90

RS 4.5T-*/S90WS 4.5T-*/S90

ITC/PLTC TPU Grey, 5x22

AWG, 105°C, 5.7 mm OD,

Cable #RF50649-*M†,

Cut/Abrasion Immune, tray

rated

RK 4.5T-*/S101WK 4.5T-*/S101

RS 4.5T-*/S101WS 4.5T-*/S101

AWM TPE Grey, 5x22 AWG,

105°C, 5.7 mm OD, Cable

#RF50909-*M†, flexlife-20, High

Flex Over 20 Million Cycles

RK 4.5T-*/S618WK 4.5T-*/S618

RS 4.5T-*/S618WS 4.5T-*/S618

AWM PVC Grey, 5x22 AWG

Foil/Drain, 105°C, 5.7 mm OD,

Cable #RF50609-*M†, RFI/EMI

Protection

RK 4.5T-*/S715WK 4.5T-*/S715

RS 4.5T-*/S715WS 4.5T-*/S715

AWM PVC Yellow, 5x22 AWG,

105°C, 5.7 mm OD, Cable

#RF50684-*M†, flexlife

RK 4.5T-*/S653WK 4.5T-*/S653

RS 4.5T-*/S653WS 4.5T-*/S653

AWM PVC Grey, 4x22 AWG



Shielding

1. BN

2. WH

3. BU

4. BK

5. Drain

RK 4.5T-*/S1554WK 4.5T-*/S1554

RS 4.5T-*/S1554WS 4.5T-*/S1554

AWM PVC Black, 5x22 AWG



Shielding

1. BN

2. WH

3. BU

4. BK

5. GY

* Length in meters. Standard cable lengths are 2, 4, 6, 8 and 10 meters. Consult factory for other lengths.

** Standard coupling nut material is nickel plated brass "RK .."; "RKK .." indicates nylon and "RKV .." indicates stainless steel.†

See Section N for reelfast®

cable information.

RK ..**

5-Wire Cordsets, Standard Plug Body

• NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6P

• IEC IP68 Protection

• 250 V, 4 A

WK ..**

Female

RS ..**

Male

WS ..**


36. EthernetCable:TRD695BL

LENGTHSEE SHEET 2PIN 1 PIN 1

"P1"

NOTES:

MATERIAL:PLUG HOUSING: POLYCARBONATE, CLEAR, UL94V-0CONTACTS: PHOSPHOR BRONZECABLE JACKET: PVC (SEE SHEET 2 FOR COLORS)SNAGLESS BOOT: CLEAR PVC

FINISH:CONTACTS: 50 µINCHES GOLD IN CONTACT AREA OVER 100 µINCHES NICKEL PLATE OVERALL

CABLE CHARACTERISTICS:UNSHIELDED, FOUR TWISTED PAIR, CAT 6 MODULAR CABLECONDUCTORS: 24 AWG (7/32) STRANDED COPPER

MISCELLANEOUS:ASSEMBLY WIRED PER TIA/EIA 568B SEQUENCEPLUG CONFORMS TO TIA-1096OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20°C TO +75°CCABLES TO BE TESTED FOR CONTINUITYCABLES TO BE INDIVIDUALLY PACKAGED IN ACCORDANCEWITH L-COM SPEC. PS-0031

"P2"

RoHS Compliant D

A

B

C

D

45 BEECHWOOD DRIVENORTH ANDOVER, MA

01845

SCALE:

SIZE

CAD FILE:

DWG. NO.ASHEET OF

REV.

DATEAPPROVALS

DRAWN BY

CHECKED BY

APPROVED BY

12345678

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLEPROPERTY OF L-COM, INC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLEWITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF L-COM, INC. IS PROHIBITED.

A

B

C

D

12345678

TRD695 GTRD695.SLDDRW 1 2

ENG 07/18/2006

REVISIONS

DESCRIPTION APPROVEDREV DATE

J.ROBERTS 07/18/2006

5/24/10F

G

ECN 4772: ADDED ROHS STAMP & PS-0031 PACKAGING SPECECN 5508: ADDED TRD695VLT-XX 5/17/11

D. CASTRO

D. CASTRO

- - - -

CATEGORY

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES [mm]

- - - -

CONFIGURATION DETAILS OFUNDIMENSIONED FEATURES

MAY VARY

NONE

FSCM NO.

43321

CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORD

MODULAR

PROJECTION

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,

REF

C.MCCORMICK

COLOR VARIATIONSMAY OCCUR

07/18/2006OVERALL CABLE LENGTH TOLERANCE:

≤12 [305] = +1 [25] / -0>12 [305] ≤60 [1524] = +2 [51] / -0

>60 [1524] ≤120 [3048] = +4 [102] / -0>120 [3048] ≤300 [7620] = +6 [152] / -0

>300 [7620] = +5% / -0%

ALL OTHER DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES:.X = ± .2

.XX = ± .02.XXX = ±.005

BLK = BLACKBL = BLUEGR = GREENR = REDY = YELLOWGRY = GRAYWHT = WHITEVLT = VIOLET

A

B

C

D

45 BEECHWOOD DRIVENORTH ANDOVER, MA

01845

SCALE:

SIZE

CAD FILE:

DWG. NO.

ASHEET OF

REV.

12345678

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS THE SOLEPROPERTY OF L-COM, INC. ANY REPRODUCTION IN PART OR WHOLEWITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF L-COM, INC. IS PROHIBITED.

A

B

C

D

12345678

TRD695 GTRD695.SLDDRW 2 2

CATEGORY

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

NONE

FSCM NO.

43321

CATEGORY 6 PATCH CORD

MODULAR


37. BradyLabels:Various

REV: 9/14/2014 Brady Labels

k:\library\vendors-specs\brady\brady_bm71-187-1-342_wirelabel_pg.vsd

APPROVALS:


k:\library\vendors-specs\brady\brady_bmp71_m71-31-423_white-15x10pg.vsd

APPROVALS:


k:\library\vendors-specs\brady\brady_bmp71_m71c-1000-595-or_10_pg.vsd

APPROVALS:


k:\library\vendors-specs\brady\brady_bmp71_m71c-1000-595-yl_10_pg.vsd

APPROVALS:


k:\library\vendors-specs\brady\brady_bmp71_m71-r4400-wt_20_pg.vsd

APPROVALS:


38. PhoenixContactCESSystem


39. PhoenixContactCESSnap-upFrameCES-B16-SF-PLBK


06/23/2014 Page 1 / 3

Snap-up frame - CES-B16-SF-PLBK - 0801651Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Size B16 snap-on frame including integrated mounting panel seal, for accommodating CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK orCES-B16-SFFS-PLBK sealing frames

Product descriptionSnap-on frame, medium





Technical data

DimensionsLength 128 mm

Width 64 mm

Height 38 mm



GeneralProduct description Snap-on frame, medium

Frame type Snap-on frame

Material PA


Color black




06/23/2014 Page 2 / 3

Snap-up frame - CES-B16-SF-PLBK - 0801651Technical data

GeneralInstallation instructions M4 mounting screw

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002

eCl@ss 6.0 27081002

eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

eCl@ss 8.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000451

ETIM 4.0 EC000451

ETIM 5.0 EC000451

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings




06/23/2014 Page 3 / 3

Snap-up frame - CES-B16-SF-PLBK - 0801651

Dimensioned drawing

128

38

103

85

32

46

64

Dimensional drawing

Dimensioned drawing

103

86

32

35

Ø4,5

Panel cutout





40. PhoenixContactCESSealingFrame:CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK


06/23/2014 Page 1 / 3

Sealing frame - CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK - 0801662Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Sealing frame with locking latch, size B16, with flat gasket, for 8 small sleeves





Technical data

DimensionsLength 120 mm

Width 58.5 mm

Height 20 mm



GeneralFrame type Sealing frame

Material PA


Color black

Installation instructions One large sleeve requires the space of 4 small sleeves, M4 mountingscrews

Leak-tightness is guaranteed with underwall and perpendicular mounting;the CES-B24-WRG-BK flat gasket (supplied as standard) should be




06/23/2014 Page 2 / 3

Sealing frame - CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK - 0801662Technical data

Generalinserted between the wall and the sealing frame in the case of wallmounting.

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 23110102

eCl@ss 4.1 23110102

eCl@ss 5.0 23110102

eCl@ss 5.1 23110102

eCl@ss 6.0 23110102

eCl@ss 7.0 23110102

eCl@ss 8.0 23110102

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC001121

ETIM 4.0 EC002498

ETIM 5.0 EC002498

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 27113201

UNSPSC 7.0901 27113201

UNSPSC 11 27113201

UNSPSC 12.01 27113201

UNSPSC 13.2 27113201

Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / cULus Recognized

Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted




06/23/2014 Page 3 / 3

Sealing frame - CES-B16-HFFS-PLBK - 0801662Approvals

Approval details

UL Recognized

cUL Recognized

cULus Recognized

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

120

103

78

58

,5

37

,5

32

Ø4,5

20

Dimensional drawing

Dimensioned drawing

103

86

32

35

Ø4,5

Panel cutout





41. PhoenixContactCESFlatGasket:CES-B16-WRG-BK


12/16/2014 Page 1 / 2

Flat gasket - CES-B10-WRG-BK - 0801725Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Flat gasket made of NBR, size B10

The photo shows size B16





Technical data



GeneralMaterial NBR

Color black

Installation instructions For IP54 protection class. For mounting between sealing frame and snapframe/sealing frame and mounting panel.

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002




12/16/2014 Page 2 / 2

Flat gasket - CES-B10-WRG-BK - 0801725Classifications


eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC002317

ETIM 4.0 EC002498

ETIM 5.0 EC001181

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

65

83

99,2

57

,5

36

32

Ø4,5

t=2,5

Dimensional drawing





42. PhoenixContactCESBlindSleeve:CES-SRG-BK


06/23/2014 Page 1 / 3

Blind sleeve - CES-SRG-BK - 0801670Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Small blind sleeve, material: NBR

Product descriptionBlind sleeves seal feed-through sections that are not required in CES sealing frames





Technical data

DimensionsConductor sealing range Blind sleeve

Length 29.5 mm

Width 19.5 mm

Height 17 mm

Ambient conditionsDegree of protection IP54 (DIN IEC 60529)

IP65 (when using a CES-B..SFFS-PLBK sealing frame with screw lockingdirectly on the housing panel and a cable binder)

Ambient temperature (operation) -40 °C ... 125 °C (static)

General

Product description Blind sleeves seal feed-through sections that are not required in CESsealing frames

Material NBR




06/23/2014 Page 2 / 3

Blind sleeve - CES-SRG-BK - 0801670Technical data

GeneralColor black

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002

eCl@ss 6.0 27081002

eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

eCl@ss 8.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000879

ETIM 4.0 EC000451

ETIM 5.0 EC000451

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

17

29

,5

19,5

Dimensional drawing




06/23/2014 Page 3 / 3




43. PhoenixContactCES2x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-2X6


12/16/2014 Page 1 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-2X6 - 0801664Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Small, slotted cable sleeves suitable for two cables with a diameter of 5 ... 6 mm, material: NBR

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating two cables with a diameter of 5 ... 6 mm, can be used in CEL sealing frames. When fitted, the sleeves also ensurestrain relief according to DIN EN 50262.





Technical data

DimensionsExternal cable diameter 2x 5 mm ... 6 mm

Length 29.5 mm

Width 19.5 mm

Height 17 mm



General

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating two cables with a diameter of 5 ... 6mm, can be used in CEL sealing frames. When fitted, the sleeves alsoensure strain relief according to DIN EN 50262.

Material NBR




12/16/2014 Page 2 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-2X6 - 0801664Technical data

GeneralColor black

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002

eCl@ss 6.0 27081002

eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000879

ETIM 4.0 EC000451

ETIM 5.0 EC000451

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

Ø6

17

29

,5

19,5

Dimensional drawing




12/16/2014 Page 3 / 3




44. PhoenixContactCES1x6CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-6


06/23/2014 Page 1 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-6 - 0801628Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Small, slotted cable sleeves suitable for cables with a diameter of 5 ... 6 mm, material: NBR

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating pre-assembled cables and lines with a diameter of 5 ... 6 mm, can be used in CES sealing frames. When fitted, thesleeves also ensure strain relief according to DIN EN 50262.





Technical data


Length 29.5 mm

Width 19.5 mm

Height 17 mm


IP55 (when using a CES-B...-SFFS-PLBK sealing frame with screwlocking)


General

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating pre-assembled cables and lines witha diameter of 5 ... 6 mm, can be used in CES sealing frames. When fitted,the sleeves also ensure strain relief according to DIN EN 50262.




06/23/2014 Page 2 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-6 - 0801628Technical data

GeneralMaterial NBR

Color black

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002

eCl@ss 6.0 27081002

eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

eCl@ss 8.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000879

ETIM 4.0 EC000451

ETIM 5.0 EC000451

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

Ø6

17

29

,5

19,5

Dimensional drawing




06/23/2014 Page 3 / 3




45. PhoenixContactCES1x8CableSleeve:CES-SRG-BK-8


12/20/2014 Page 1 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-8 - 0801625Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

Small, slotted cable sleeves suitable for cables with a diameter of 7 ... 8 mm, material: NBR

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating pre-assembled cables and lines with a diameter of 7 ... 8 mm, can be used in CES sealing frames. When fitted, thesleeves also ensure strain relief according to DIN EN 50262.





Technical data


Length 29.5 mm

Width 19.5 mm

Height 17 mm



General

Product descriptionSlotted sleeves for accommodating pre-assembled cables and lines witha diameter of 7 ... 8 mm, can be used in CES sealing frames. When fitted,the sleeves also ensure strain relief according to DIN EN 50262.

Material NBR




12/20/2014 Page 2 / 3

Cable sleeve - CES-SRG-BK-8 - 0801625Technical data

GeneralColor black

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27081002

eCl@ss 4.1 27081002

eCl@ss 5.0 27081002

eCl@ss 5.1 27081002

eCl@ss 6.0 27081002

eCl@ss 7.0 27081002

ETIM

ETIM 3.0 EC000879

ETIM 4.0 EC000451

ETIM 5.0 EC000451

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30212109

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121708

UNSPSC 11 39121708

UNSPSC 12.01 39121708

UNSPSC 13.2 39121708

Drawings

Dimensioned drawing

Ø8

17

29

,5

19,5

Dimensional drawing




12/20/2014 Page 3 / 3




46. DuraChoiceStainlessSteelMini-BallValve:VBSM2-025

DuraChoice Co. page 2.8

Toll Free: 1.800.540.3050 Fax: 1.214.988.1006

Email: [email protected] www.durachoice.com

STAINLESS STEEL MINI-BALL VALVES (SS316) ISO 9001 Manufacturer Features:

SS 316 (CF8M) body and ball – for extra strength and corrosion resistance Working pressure of 800 PSI Double seal system allows flow can go in either direction Heavy duty Zinc Alloy handles (painted blue) Fast 1/4 turn open or closed operation Each valve individually tested for maximum safety

Dimensions:

Type Part # Specifications (inches) D L H W

Female x

Female

VBSM1-025 1/4" 0.28 1.66 1.04 0.89 VBSM1-038 3/8" 0.28 1.66 1.04 0.89 VBSM1-050 1/2" 0.36 1.81 1.11 0.89 VBSM1-075 3/4" 0.49 2.13 1.24 0.89 VBSM1-100 1" 0.59 2.56 1.34 0.89

Female

x Male

VBSM2-025 1/4" 0.28 1.66 1.04 0.89 VBSM2-038 3/8" 0.28 1.66 1.04 0.89 VBSM2-050 1/2" 0.36 1.81 1.11 0.89 VBSM2-075 3/4" 0.49 2.13 1.24 0.89 VBSM2-100 1" 0.59 2.56 1.34 0.89

Male x

Male

VBSM3-025 1/4" 0.28 1.97 1.04 0.89 VBSM3-038 3/8" 0.28 1.97 1.04 0.89 VBSM3-050 1/2" 0.36 2.28 1.11 0.89

Materials List: Description Material

Body SS 316 (CF8M) Ball SS 316 (CF8M) Cap SS 316 (CF8M)

Ball Seat RPTFE Stem SS 304 Bolt SS 304

Lever Aluminum O-Ring Viton

Information provided here may change without notification Other sizes are available by special order


47. PMCSubmersibleWellLevelSensor:VL4313

of 2

PMC Engineering adopts a continuous development program which sometimes necessitates specification changes without notice

Your depth and level specialists for Ground, Surface, Sea and Waste Water VL4313.502

Features 0.69" diameter

±0.25% accuracy

4-20mA, 10-35 VDC

Molded cable

Fully Potted

Applications

1" dia. Bore Holes

Water Level

Waste Water

Sewage Level

Ground Water

Technical Specifications

Process Measure Control Submersible Level Transmitter - 0.69"

VersaLine VL4313 Series

Contact PMC Engineering LLC 11 Old Sugar Hollow Rd Danbury, CT 06810 USA [email protected] Tel: 203-792-8686 Fax: 203-743-2051 www.pmc1.com Represented by:

Full Scale Ranges (Zero Based) 0-5, 15, 30, 50, 100, 150, 200, 300 psig 0-50, 100, 150, 200, 300, 500, 1000, 2000 & 3000 psisg. Other ranges and pressure units can be specified.

Accuracy ±0.25% FS (BSL) Combined non-linearity, hysteresis & repeatability

Long Term Stability ±0.2% FS typical per annum

Overpressure (proof pressure) 2 x full scale for all ranges

Pressure Containment 4 x for ranges up to 500 psi 2 x for higher ranges

Operating Temperature Range -10° to +175°F (-20° to +80°C)

Compensated Temperature Range 30° to 85°F (-2° to +30°C)

Temperature Effects (Compensated) ±0.5% TEB for compensated range Applies to ranges 15 psi and above. Other ranges prorated to the standard range above.

Insulation Protection Hipot test to 500V between power lines and case

Electrical 2-wire, 4-20 mA, 10-35 VDC power Design suitable for pulse power

Intrinsically Safe Approvals For FM/FMC Class I, II, and III Div. 1 Groups A-G Please refer to VL2000, VL3000 and VL4000

Cable – up to 5000ft in single length Polyurethane molded, vented with Kevlar, 2 conductors. Single lengths up to 5000ft. Contact factory for FEP cable.

Housing Stainless Steel 316L For Titanium housing, see VL4513

Weight (excluding cable) VL4313 - 7 oz. (excluding cable)

The VL4313 Series is a State-of-the-Art Submersible Level Transmitter that combines innovative sensing technology with proven manufacturing techniques. The current design is based on more than 30 years experience in providing reliable submersible pressure transmitters for water related applications.

The product has an anticipated reliability (MTBF) of more than 12 years. In support of this the design is rich in features many of which are shown on the reverse side of this datasheet.

PMC manufactures a comprehensive range of submersible level transmitters many of which are manufactured from Titanium which offers a five year corrosion warranty. The VersaLine VL1000, VL3000, VL4000 series and MTM3000 offer similar performance while contained within 1”, ¾" and 3/8” diameter housings respectively. The VL2000 provides an open face construction avoiding clogging or sludge build up in wastewater and similar applications.

of 2

Sensors for Pressure

Level

Vacuum

Humidity

Temperature

Force

Position

PMC is Engineering Driven

Confidential

Experienced

Responsive

Dynamic

Friendly

Accessories PMC offers a range of Accessories and variants for depth and level transmitters. Reference sheet VLA502

Termination Enclosure

Cable Hanger

Moisture Protection

Calibration Adaptor

Sink Weights

Level Meters

Your depth and level specialists for Ground, Surface, Sea and Waste Water VL4313.502

Process Measure Control

VersaLine VL4313 Features

Configuration +Ve Supply 0V Supply Ground

4-20mA Red Black Green

For Zero Maintenance

Cable is 0.3” diameter

7.1"

0.69" Ø Dimensions in inches

Note: The cable molding may be protected with a stainless steel housing. However the external dimensions will be unaffected.

Electrical Details

In order to reduce on site maintenance PMC has developed the MP 11 Moisture Protection Reference Volume. For vented gauge transmitters this provides a total isolation to the atmosphere by using a custom bladder while maintaining the high performance of the transmitter. This changes volume with Barometric pressure. Totally maintenance free. Please specify MP 11.

Mechanical Details

PMC Configurator VL - x - x - x - x

Model Construction 0.69" Depth Cone 4

Housing Material 316L Stainless Steel 3

Electrical Connection Polyurethane molded, vented cable 1 Cable length must be specified at the time of ordering.

Electrical Configuration 2 wire 4-20 mA 3

Example Ordering Format: VL4313 - 300psig - 0.25% - 500' cable


48. PressureTransmitter:PT510-200PSIG-13-L13-H1131

PT510

Technical Data

ID Number Part Number Range Output

H683146210 PT510-10psig-13-LI3-H1131 0-100 psig 4-20 mA




Specifications

8-33 VDC Supply VoltageAccuracy 0.5% Full ScaleIP 671/4” NPT Fluid Connection

••••

The PT510 pressure sensor from TURCK has the following advantages:

Stainless Steel DiaphragmFully Welded ConstructionSilicon Gel Filled

•••

Pressure Sensors for Industrial Applications

Four pressure ranges are available: 0-100 psig, 0-200 psig, 0-300 psig and 0-500 psig. The sensor’s ouput is a 4-20 mA analog signal.

Applications

RefrigerationIrrigationPumping

•••

Phone: 800.894.0412 - Fax: 888.723.4773 - Web: www.clrwtr.com - Email: [email protected]

http://www.clrwtr.com/TURCK-Pressure-Sensors.htm


49. PressureTransmitter:PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131

Pressure transmitterwith current output (2-wire)PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131

Edi

tion

• 201

5-12

-02T

07:2

7:39

+01:

00

1 / 3 TURCK Inc. ñ 3000 Campus Drive Minneapolis, MN 55441-2656 ñ Phone: 763-553-7300 ñ Application Support: 1-800-544-7769 ñ Fax 763-553-0708 ñ www.turck.com

Type code PT15PSIG-13-LI3-H1131Ident-No. 6831456Ident-No (TUSA) H6831456

Relative pressure 0…1 bar rel.Operating range 0…15psiOperating range 0…0.103MPaAdmissible overpressure ð 3 barBurst pressure ï 3 barResponse time < 2 ms, typ. 1 ms

Power supplyOperating voltage 8… 33VDCCurrent consumption ï 4 mAProtective measure SELV according to EN 50178Short-circuit/reverse polarity protection yes/ yesProtection type and class IP67/ IIIMTTF 760 years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99) 40 °C

OutputsOutput 1 analog output

Analogue outputCurrent output 4…20mAOperating range 4…20 mA (2-wire)Load ð 1 kòAccuracy LHR analog output ± 0.3 % of final value BSLCalibration accuracy 0-point 0.3 % of final valueCalibration accuracy, of final value 0.3 % of final value

Temperature behaviourMedium temperature -40…125 °CTemperature coefficient zero point Tk0 ± 0.15 % of full scale / 10 KTemperature coefficient span TkS ± 0.15 % of full scale / 10 K

Ambient conditionsAmbient temperature -40…85 °CStorage temperature -40…+85°CVibration resistance 20 x g (9…2000 Hz, 2…9 Hz with an amplitude

+/-15 mm), acc. to IEC 68-2-6Shock resistance 100 g (11 ms) , according to IEC 61508

Compact and robust design

Pressure connection with integratedpeak pressure aperture

Minimum influence of temperature onaccuracy within the entire temperaturerange of -40…+125°C

Excellent EMC properties

Pressure range 0…15 psi rel.

Wiring diagram

Functional principleThe pressure transmitters of the PT…-1 se-ries operate with piezo-resistive ceramic mea-suring cells. The ceramic diaphragm is unbal-anced in proportion to the pressure applied.Depending on the sensor type used, the pro-cessed signal is provided as an analog outputsignal 4…20mA (2-wire) or 0…10V (3-wire).


Edi

tion

• 201

5-12

-02T

07:2

7:39

+01:

00


HousingHousing material stainless-steel/plastic, V2A (1.4305)material pressure connection stainless steel A2 1.4305 (AISI 303)material pressure element ceramics Al2O3

Sealing material FPMProcess connection NPT ¼″ - 18 male threadWrench size pressure connection / coupling nut SW 21Connection male, M12 x 1Max. tightening torque housing nut 20 Nm

Reference conditions acc. to IEC 61298-1Temperature 15…25 °CAtmospheric pressure 860…1060 hPa abs.Humidity 45…75 % rel.Auxiliary power 24 VDC

MTTF 760 years acc. to SN 29500 (Ed. 99) 40 °C


Edi

tion

• 201

5-12

-02T

07:2

7:39

+01:

00


Wiring accessories

Type code Ident-No. Description Design

RKC4.4T-2/TEL 6625013 Connection cable, female M12, straight, 4-pin, cable length: 2m, sheath material: PVC, black; cULus approval; other cablelengths and qualities available, see www.turck.com

WKC4.4T-2/TEL 6625025 Connection cable, female M12, angled, 4-pin, cable length: 2m, sheath material: PVC, black; cULus approval; other cablelengths and qualities available, see www.turck.com

RKC4.4T-2/TXL 6625503 Connection cable, female M12, straight, 4-pin, cable length: 2m, sheath material: PUR, black; cULus approval; other cablelengths and qualities available, see www.turck.com

WKC4.4T-2/TXL 6625515 Connection cable, female M12, angled, 4-pin, cable length: 2m, sheath material: PUR, black; cULus approval; other cablelengths and qualities available, see www.turck.com


50. GFSignetPaddleWheelFlowMeters:3-2537-6C-P0

www.gfsignet.com

Signet 2537 Paddlewheel Flowmeter

Features

• Digital (S3L) or 4 to 20 mA outputs or (Multi-function)

• Allows for up to six sensors to Signet 8900 Controller

• Low flow capabilities down to 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s)

• Polypropylene or PVDF sensor bodies

• Polypropylene or PVDF retaining nuts

• Installs into pipe sizes DN15 to DN200 (½ to 8 in.)

• Test certificate included for -X0, -X1

• Low power and high resolution

The Signet 2537 Flowmeter is the next generation in fluid measurement technology from the inventor of the original paddlewheel flowmeter. This sensor is an improvement on what’s already an industry standard. It has the added functionality of various output options including flow switch, multi-functional pulse, digital (S3L) or 4 to 20 mA. Additionally, it offers low flow, low power and high resolution and can be configured on-site directly through the built-in user interface.

Installation is simple because the Signet 2537 utilizes the same fittings as the popular Signet 515 and 2536 Paddlewheel Sensors and fits into pipe sizes ranging from DN15 to DN200 (½ to 8 inches). Available in Polypropylene and PVDF, it is ideal for a variety of applications including chemical processing, water and wastewater monitoring and scrubber control.

Applications

• Process Flow Monitoring• Pump Protection• Pure Water Production• Filtration Systems• Chemical Production• Reverse Osmosis• Demineralization/Regeneration• Fume Scrubbers• Cooling Towers• Proportional Metering Pump

www.gfsignet.com

SpecificationsGeneralOperating Range 0.1 m/s to 6 m/s 0.3 ft/s to 20 ft/sPipe Size Range DN15 to DN200 ½ to 8 in.Linearity ±1% of max. range @ 25 °C (77 °F)Repeatability ±0.5% of max. range @ 25 °C (77 °F)System Response 100 ms update rate nominalWetted MaterialsSensor Body Glass-filled PP (black) or PVDF (natural)O-rings FPM (std) optional EPR (EPDM) or FFPMRotor Pin Titanium, Hastelloy-C or PVDF; optional Ceramic, Tantalum or Stainless SteelRotor Black PVDF or Natural PVDF; optional ETFE, with or w/o carbon fiber reinforced PTFE sleeve for rotor pinElectricalMulti With Dry-Contact Relay 24 VDC nominal, ±10%, regulated, 30 mA max current

With Solid-State Relay 6 V to 24 VDC, ±10%, regulated, 30 mA max currentDigital (S3L) 5.0 VDC min to 6.5 VDC max., 30 mA max current (1.5 mA nominal)4 to 20 mA 400 mV max ripple voltage, 30 mA max currentMaximum Pulse Rate 300 HzMaximum Pulse Width 50 msMinimum Pulse Rate 0.5 HzCompatible with PLC, PC or similar equipmentCompatible with customer supplied metering pump

Digital (S3L) Version 5 VDC nominal, regulated, 3 mA max currentType Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bpsMax. Cable Length Refer to Signet 8900 wiring specifications.Compatible with Model Signet 8900 controller

4 to 20 mA Version 12 to 32 VDC nominal, ±10%, regulated, 21 mA max current

Loop Accuracy ±32 μA @ 25 °C @ 24 VDC)Loop Resolution 5 μATemp. Drift ±1μA per °C max.Power Supply Rejection ±1μA per V

Max. Cable 305 m 1000 ftMaximum Loop Resistance 600 Ω @ 24 VDC 1 KΩ @ 32 VDCLoad Impedance 375 Ω

Reverse Polarity and Short Circuit Protected Up to 40 V, 1 hourOver-voltage Protection > 40 VDC over 1 hourRelay Specifications

Mechanical SPDT 5 A @ 30 VDC, 5 A @ 250 VACSolid-State Relay 100 mA @ 40 VDC, 70 mA @ 33 VACRelay Modes Low, HighTime Delay 0.0 to 6400.0 secondsHysteresis Adjustable for exiting alarm condition

Max. Temperature/Pressure RatingStorage Temperature -10 °C to 75 °C 14 °F to 167 °FOperating Temperature 0 °C to 65 °C 32 °F to 149 °FRelative Humidity 0 to 90%, non-condensingFlow Sensor/Retaining Nut

PP 12.5 bar @ 20 °C 181 psi @ 68 °F1.7 bar @ 85 °C 25 psi @185 °F

PVDF 14 bar @ 20 °C 203 psi @ 68 °F1.7 bar @ 85 °C 25 psi @ 185 °F

Operating TemperaturePP -18 °C to 85 °C 0 °F to 185 °FPVDF -18 °C to 85 °C 0 °F to 185 °F

EnvironmentalEnclosure NEMA 4X/IP65Shipping Weight

0.640 kg 1.41 lbStandards and Approvals

CE, FCC, ULRoHS compliant, China RoHSManufactured under ISO 9001 for Quality and ISO 14001 for Environmental Management and OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety.

www.gfsignet.com

Application Tips• Select PVDF Rotor Pin for use in Deionized Water.• Use a sleeved rotor in abrasive liquids to reduce

wear.• Sensor plug is used to plug installation fitting after

extraction of sensor from pipe.

• For liquids containing ferrous particles, use Signet Magmeters.

• For systems with components of more than one material, the maximum temperature/pressure specification must always be referenced to the component with the lowest rating.

Please refer to Wiring, Installation, and Accessories sections for more information.

97 mm(3.82 in.)

130 mm(5.12 in.)

½ in. to 4 in. pipe

Dimensions5 to 8 in. pipe

97 mm(3.82 in.)

171 mm(6.73 in.)

4 to 20 mA Input

PLC

4 to 20 mA Dry Contact, Solid State

Customer supplied Metering Pump

Signet Fittings

Signet Instruments8900 9900

All sold separately

Panel Mount

Signet 2537 PaddlewheelFlowmeter

ENTER

Syst

em O

verv

iew

In-Line Installation

Customer Supplied Chart Recorderor Programmable Logic Controller

OR

www.gfsignet.com

*PVDF available ½ in. to 4 in. only

Ordering Information

Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description

Rotors 3-2536.320-1 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black3-2536.320-2 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural3-2536.320-3 159 000 273 Rotor, ETFE3-2536.322-1 198 820 056 Sleeved rotor, PVDF Black3-2536.322-2 198 820 057 Sleeved rotor, PVDF Natural3-2536.322-3 198 820 058 Sleeved rotor, ETFERotor PinsM1546-1 198 801 182 Pin, TitaniumM1546-2 198 801 183 Pin, Hastelloy-CM1546-3 198 820 014 Pin, TantalumM1546-4 198 820 015 Pin, Stainless SteelP51545 198 820 016 Pin, Ceramic

O-Rings1220-0021 198 801 186 O-ring, FPM (2 required per sensor)1224-0021 198 820 006 O-ring, EPR (EPDM) (2 required per sensor)1228-0021 198 820 007 O-ring, FFPM (2 required per sensor)

MiscellaneousP31536 198 840 201 Sensor plug, Polypropylene3-2536.321 198 820 054 PVDF Natural, Rotor kit3-8050.391 159 001 703 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, Stainless Steel3-8050.390-1 159 001 702 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, Valox3-8050.390-3 159 310 116 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PP3-8050.390-4 159 310 117 Retaining Nut Replacement Kit, NPT, PVDF3-8050.396 159 000 617 RC Filter kit (for relay use)3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid tight connector kit, NPT (1 piece)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid tight connector kit, PG13.5 (1 piece)7310-1024 159 873 004 24 VDC Power Supply, 10W, 0.42 A7310-2024 159 873 005 24 VDC Power Supply, 24W, 1.0 A7310-4024 159 873 006 24 VDC Power Supply, 40W, 1.7 A7310-6024 159 873 007 24 VDC Power Supply, 60W, 2.5 A7310-7024 159 873 008 24 VDC Power Supply, 96W, 4.0 A

Mfr. Part No. Code Output

Paddlewheel Flowmeter - Integral Mount (8512 sensors)

DN15 to DN100 - ½ to 4 in.

Polypropylene body, black Polypropylene retaining nut, black PVDF rotor, Titanium pin, FPM O-rings

3-2537-1C-P0 159 001 291 Pulse/Flow Switch DCR

3-2537-2C-P0 159 001 292 Pulse/Flow Switch SSR

3-2537-5C-P0 159 001 295 Digital (S3L)3-2537-6C-P0 159 001 296 4 to 20 mA

Natural PVDF body, Natural PVDF retaining nut, rotor and pin, FPM O-rings3-2537-1C-T0 159 001 315 Pulse/Flow Switch DCR3-2537-2C-T0 159 001 316 Pulse/Flow Switch SSR3-2537-5C-T0 159 001 319 Digital (S3L)3-2537-6C-T0 159 001 320 4 to 20 mADN125 to DN200 - 5 to 8 in.*

Polypropylene body, black Polypropylene retaining nut, black PVDF rotor, Titanium pin, FPM O-rings

3-2537-1C-P1 159 001 303 Pulse/Flow Switch DCR

3-2537-2C-P1 159 001 304 Pulse/Flow Switch SSR

3-2537-5C-P1 159 001 307 Digital (S3L)

3-2537-6C-P1 159 001 308 4 to 20 mA

3-2537.099 Rev G (4/13) © Georg Fischer Signet LLC3401 Aero Jet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057 • www.gfsignet.com • e-mail: [email protected] subject to change without notice. All rights reserved. All corporate names and trademarks stated herein are the property of their respective companies.


51. GFSignetOrpSensor:3-2750-2&3-2725-60

Signet 2724-2726 pH/ORP Electrodes

Features

• Patented reference design for exceptional performance *

• Mounts in Signet standard fittings from DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.)

• ¾” NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threaded sensors for use with reducing tees DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 in.)

• Special design allows for installation at any angle, even inverted or horizontal

• Ryton® (PPS) body for broad range of chemical compatibility

• Patented DryLoc® connector with gold plated contacts

• Quick temperature response

• Bulb HF Resistant glass available for trace HF, less than 2% concentration, applications

• Low conductivity sensor available for liquids down to 20 μS/cm

• New! Flat HF resistant glass available for trace HF, less than 2% concentration applications. Especially in applications with abrasive particles or that require extensive probe cleaning

Applications

• Water & Wastewater Treatment• Neutralization Systems• Effluent Monitoring• Sanitization Systems• Pool & Spa Control• Aquatic Animal Life Support Systems• Process Control• Cooling Towers

Compatible with ALL Signet pH/ORP Instruments

ProtectedBulb

FlatGlass

*U.S. Patent Nos.: 6,666,701, 7,799,193 B2, 7,867,371 B2 and8,211,282 B2

The Signet 2724-2726 pH and ORP Electrodes features a patented reference electrode design and uses the unique foul-proof patented DryLoc® connector. The large area PE reference junction and pathway is constructed to increase the total referenceeffectiveness and ensures long service life.

The DryLoc® connector with corrosion resistant gold plated contacts readily connects the sensor to the mating 2760 preamplifier or the 2750 sensor electronics. The robust Ryton® threaded sensor body and choice of flat pH, bulb pH, or flat ORP sensing elements provides broad range of chemical compatibility for a wide variety of applications. There are two optional pH sensing versions available, HF and LC. The HF version is for applications where traces of hydrofluoric acid (2% or less) will attack standard pH glass in levels of pH 6 and below. The LC version can be used for low conductivity fluids 20 - 100 μS/cm nominal and below 20 μS when mounted under controlled conditions.

The quick temperature response is available in either a PT1000 or 3 KΩ temperature sensor and allows compatibility with all Signet pH/ORP instruments. The 2724-2726 electrodes are general-purpose sensors ideal for a wide range of applications. The sensors incorporate ¾ inch NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads for installing into standard pipe-tees. They can also be mounted directly into Signet standard fittings, DN15 to DN100 (½ to 4 inch)

www.gfsignet.com

Specifications

See Temperature and Pressure graphs for more information

General

Performance Efficiency >97% @ 25 °C (77 ° F)

Operating Range pH 0 to 14 pH

ORP ±2000 mV

3-2726-LC Low conductivity fluids; 20 - 100 μS/cm nominal < 20 μS; flow mustbe less than 150 ml/min in a properly grounded system

3-2724-HF, 3-2726-HF Hydrofluoric acid resistant glass, pH 6 or below; trace HF <2%

Compatibility

2750 Electronic (for 8900, 9900, 4 to 20 mA), 2760 Preamplifier (8750)

Temperature Sensor

PT1000 versions Compatible with Signet 2750 pH/ORP Sensor electronics forconnection to a PLC or to the Signet 8900 or 9900 instruments

3 KΩ Balco versions Compatible with the Signet 2760 pH/ORP preamplifier for connectionto the Signet 8750 pH/ORP Transmitter and 2750 with 8900 or 9900 instruments

Process Connection

¾ in. NPT ISO 7/1-R ¾ Mounts into Signet fittings

Wetted Materials

pH Ryton® (PPS), glass, UHMW PE, FPM

ORP Ryton® (PPS), glass, UHMW PE, FPM, Platinum

Max. Temperature/Pressure Rating

Operating Temperature Range* -10 °C to 85 °C 14 °F to 185 °F

Operating Pressure Range 0 to 6.9 bar (0 to 100 psi) @ -10 °C to 65 °C (14 °F to 149 °F)

Linearity Derated 6.9 to 4.0 bar (100 to 58 psi) @ 65 °C to 85 °C (149 °F to 185 °F)

*Best performance for 2724-HF and 2726-HF sensors is above 10 °C (50 °F)

Recommended Storage Temperature

0 °C to 50 °C 32 °F to 122 °F

The electrode glass will shatter if shipped or stored at temperature below 0 °C (32 °F)

The performance life of the electrode will shorten if stored at temperatures above 50 °C (122 °F)

Mounting

In-line Mounting Use the sensor threads

Use a Signet standard fitting ½ to 4 in.

Sensor can be mounted at any angle

Submersible Mounting Use threads on models 2750 or 2760

Requires ¾ inch NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 male threaded liquid tight extension conduit.

Shipping Weight

0.25 kg 0.55 lb

Standards and Approvals

RoHS Compliant, China RoHS

Manufactured under ISO 9001 for Quality, ISO 14001 for Environmental Management and OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety

www.signet.com

Dimensions

109 mm(4.3 in.)

9.3 mm(0.37 in.)

25.4 mm(1.0 in.)

Threads:¾ in. NPT

orISO 7/1 R-3/4

53.34 mm(2.1 in.)

44.45 mm(1.75 in.)

18.3 mm(0.72 in.)

0.64 mm(0.25 in.)

0°Horizontal

*Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

*Yes

Yes

Mounting AngleModels 2724-2726 may be mounted at any angle without affecting the performance. *Avoid locations with air pockets and sediment.

ENTERENTER

In-Line Installation - Signet and threaded fittings only

Signet 2724-2726 DryLoc® pH/ORP Electrodes

Syst

em O

verv

iew

All sold separately

Panel Mount 4 to 20 mA Input

PLC

3-2750 Sensor Electronicsand customer supplied Chart Recorderor Programmable Logic Controller

Field Mount - Pipe, Tank, Wall

Signet Instruments 9900 with 2750 Electronics and 3-8050 Universal Mount kit

Signet Instruments8750 with 2760 Preamplifier 89009900 with 2750 Electronics

+ +OR

*Refer to the Signet Submersion brochure located in the K-Factors Fittings and More Kit (3-0000-709) for installation suggestions and options.

Submersible Installation - Customer supplied pipe extensionor conduit with 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads*

www.gfsignet.com

Electrode Key Features and Benefits: 4

5

1

3

2

Dual-patented reference de-sign for long life in conductiv-ity or chemicals.

Sensor in threaded reducing tee

Sensor in Signet fitting

Sensor submersible installation

6

8

7

1. Ryton® body for chemical compatibility with most harsh chemicals.2. Porous UHMW PE (ultra high molecular weight polyethylene) junction resists fouling and build-up.3. Internal temperature sensor located in the glass stem for a quick temperature response.4. DryLoc® connector with corrosion resistant gold pins for quick and easy sensor removal.

• Resists moisture and dirt intrusion.5. Dual-patented reference design with a

406 mm (16 inch) reference pathway enhances longer life. This enables the sensor to last significantly longer than other standard pH/ORP electrodes in most applications.

5a. With the new patented reference design, the Signet 2726-LC version performs better in low conductivity water between 20 - 100 μS and lasts longer than previous “DI” electrodes.5b. The 2726-LC sensor also performs in applications with extremely low (less than 20 μS) conductivity. Special precautions must be taken to avoid measurement complications. Please note the following.

• Electrostatic charges (streaming potentials) can cause dramatic offsets in a system with very low conductivity water. To minimize this, sensors should be placed in a well grounded system.

• To enhance performance, a low flow cell is recommended to provide a steady flow rate (150 ml/minute). Sensors placed in high flow applications will experience noisier readings due to streaming potential.

6. Threads for NPT or ISO process connection into reducing tees

• Use off-the-shelf GF reducing teesDN20 to DN100 (¾ in. to 4 in.).

7. Mounts directly into Signet fittings (½ in. 4 in.) for easy sensor retrofitting.8. Mount submersed into a tank via the 2750 or 2760 back threads.

www.signet.com

The Signet pH buffers are ideal for calibration. The liquid solutions are conveniently packaged in one pint (473 ml) bottles. pH buffer kits in powder pillows are available for mixing fresh solutions with water at the time of use.

All pH buffers are color coded for easy identification; 4.01 pH is red, 7.00 pH is yellow, and 10.00 pH is blue. All pH buffers are traceable to NIST standards.These buffer solutions can be used to calibrate ORP sensors when saturated with quinhydrone.

Model 2724-2726 Ordering Notes1) pH and ORP electrodes require connection to model

2750 sensor electronics or 2760 preamplifier.2) The 2750 “EasyCal” feature recognizes common pH

and ORP buffer values of 4, 7 and 10 pH and +87 and +264 mV for ORP.

Application Tips• Use the flat glass electrodes when a self-cleaning

feature is desired; especially useful in applications with abrasive chemicals.

• Use bulb protected electrodes for general purpose applications

• ORP electrodes are generally used for chemical reaction monitoring, not control.

• Ensure that sensor materials are chemically compatible with the process liquid.

• Keep electrode tip wet, avoid air pockets and sediment.

0-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

°F°C

-40 -4 32 68 104 140 176 212 248

(bar)(psi)

1.7

3.4

5.2

6.9

8.6

10.3

25

50

75

100

125

150

Note:The pressure/temperature graphs are specifically for the Signet sensor. During system design the specifications of all components must be considered. In the case of a metal piping system, a plastic sensor will reduce the system specification.

Operating Temperature/Pressure Graph

Buffer Solutions3822-70043822-70073822-7010

Quinhydrone3822-7115

3-2724.099 Rev D (11/13) © Georg Fischer Signet LLC3401 Aero Jet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731-2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571-2770 • Fax (626) 573-2057 • www.gfsignet.com • e-mail: [email protected] subject to change without notice. All rights reserved. All corporate names and trademarks stated herein are the property of their respective companies.

Mfr. Part No. Code Tip design Process Connection Thread Options

pH Electrodes

Temperature element PT1000; use with 2750 sensor electronics* 3-2724-00 159 001 545 Flat ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2724-01 159 001 546 Flat ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-00 159 001 553 Bulb ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-01 159 001 554 Bulb ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-HF-00 159 001 549 Bulb, HF resistant¹ ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-HF-01 159 001 550 Bulb, HF resistant¹ ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-LC-00 159 001 557 Bulb, Low Conductivity² ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-LC-01 159 001 558 Bulb, Low Conductivity² ISO 7/1-R 3/4 ThreadTemperature element 3 KΩ Balco; use with 2760 preamplifier** or 2750 sensor electronics*3-2724-10 159 001 547 Flat ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2724-11 159 001 548 Flat ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2724-HF-10 159 001 771 Flat, HF resistant¹ 3/4 in. NPT, Thread3-2724-HF-11 159 001 772 Flat, pH resistant¹ 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-10 159 001 555 Bulb ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-11 159 001 556 Bulb ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-HF-10 159 001 551 Bulb, HF resistant1 ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-HF-11 159 001 552 Bulb, HF resistant1 ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread3-2726-LC-10 159 001 559 Bulb, Low Conductivity2 ¾ in. NPT, Thread3-2726-LC-11 159 001 560 Bulb, Low Conductivity2 ISO 7/1-R 3/4 ThreadORP Electrodes; Compatible with both the 2750 sensor electronics* and the 2760 preamplifier**3-2725-60 159 001 561 Flat ¾ in. MNPT, Thread3-2725-61 159 001 562 Flat ISO 7/1-R 3/4 Thread

*The 2750 sensor electronics has a digital (S3L) output which is used with 8900 or 9900 instruments. It also has a 4 to 20 mA output for connections to PLC’s, data recorders, etc.

**The 2760 preamplifier is used for connection directly to Signet 8750 Transmitter or other analog transmitters.

¹HF resistant ‹2% HF

²Low conductivity applications, 20 - 100 μS/cm recommended


Accessories and Replacement PartsMfr. Part No. Code Description1220-0021 198 801 000 O-ring, FPM3-2700.395 159 001 605 Calibration kit: includes 3 polypropylene cups, box used as cup stand,

1 pint (473 ml) pH 4.01, 1 pint (473 ml) pH 7.003822-7115 159 001 606 20 gm bottle quinhydrone for ORP calibration (must use pH 4.01 and/or

pH 7.00 buffer solutions)3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (adapter cable sold separately)3-2759.391 159 000 764 2759 DryLoc® Adapter Cable (for use with 2750 and 2760)3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer Kit (1 each 4, 7, 10 pH buffer in powder form, makes 50 ml of each)

3822-7004 159 001 581 pH 4.01 buffer solution, 1 pint (473 ml) bottle3822-7007 159 001 582 pH 7.00 buffer solution, 1 pint (473 ml) bottle3822-7010 159 001 583 pH 10.00 buffer solution, 1 pint (473 ml) bottle

Note:The 3K Balco temperature element electrodes are also compatible with the 2750 sensor electronics, 8900 and 9900 instruments.!

102 www.gfsignet.com

Features• In-line integral mount

and submersible installation versions

• Automatic tempera-ture compensation

• Auto configuration for pH or ORP operation

• Optional EasyCal calibration aid with automatic buffer

recognition

• Junction boxes for convenient wiring

• Compatible with 3719 pH/ORP Wet-Tap

Application• Water/Wastewater

Treatment• Neutralization Sys-

tems• Scrubber Control• Effluent Monitoring• Surface Finishing• Flocculent Coagulation• Heavy Metal Removal

and Recovery• Toxics Destruction• Sanitization Systems• Pool & Spa Control• Aquatic Animal Life

Support Systems

Signet 2750 and 2760 DryLoc® pH/ORP Sensor Electronics and Preamplifiers

DescriptionThe Signet 2750 and 2760 pH/ORP Sensor Electronics and Preamplifiers, featuring DryLoc® connectors, provide a variety of functions to suit various requirements.

The 2760 is a preamplifier that allows any DryLoc® pH/ORP electrode to work with most Signet instruments. It is also sold as a simple connector for use with other manufacturers’ instruments that do not require a preamplified signal.

The 2750 comes with the same pre-am-plified signal as the 2760, but features two different outputs: a two-wire 4 to 20 mA loop output, or a digital (S3L) output which allows for longer cable lengths and is compatible with the Signet 8900 Multi-

In-line 2750

DryLoc® Electrodes sold separately.

Parameter Controller. The 2750 devices self-configure for pH or ORP operation via automatic recognition of the elec-trode type. The optional EasyCal feature allows simple push-button calibration and includes an LED indicator for visual feedback.

The DryLoc® electrode connector found on both models quickly forms a robust assembly for submersible and in-line in-stallations. NEMA 4X junction enclosures are integral parts of the 2750 in-line version and are also available as acces-sories for both Models 2750 (submersible version) and 2760.

System Overview

Signet Instrument(sold separately)5700 8750 8900

Signet Universal Adapter Kit (3-8050)(sold separately)

Signet pH/ORPTransmitter(sold separately)8750

Pipe, Tank, Wall MountPanel Mount

Flow

0 100

50

In-Line Installation Submersible Installation

Pipe extensionor conduitwith 3/4 in. NPT or ISO 7/1-R 3/4 threads(customer supplied)

ProgramableLogic

Controller

4 to 20 mA Input

Chart Recorder OR

Signet 2750 Sensor Electronics

Signet 2750 and 2760Sensor Electronicsand Preamplifier

2754-2757 DryLoc® Electrodes: Use Signet Fittings 2764-2767 and 2774-2777 DryLoc® Electrodes: Use 3/4 in. or 1 in. NPT fittings (customer supplied)

DryLoc® pH/ORPElectrodes2764-2767, 2754-2757, 2774-2777(sold separately) DryLoc® pH/ORP

Electrodes 2764-2767,2754-2757, 2774-2777(sold separately)

Signet 2760Preamplifier

Wet-Tap Installation

Signet Fittings*(sold separately)

Signet 3719 Wet-Tap

Signet 2750 or 2760

Panel, Pipe, Tank, Wall Mount

Flow

0 100

50

Signet Instrument (sold separately)5700 8750 8900

Signet 2750 and 2760 Sensor Electronicsand Preamplifier

PLC

with 2756 and 2757Wet-Tap electrodes(sold separately)

In-line 2760Submersible

2750 and 2760

*See Fittings section for more information.

103www.gfsignet.com

Choosing

Products

FlowC

onductivity/ R

esistivityTem

perature, P

ressure, Level

Multi-P

a-ram

eter Instrum

entO

therP

roductsW

iring &

InstallationTechnical R

eferenceG

lossary of Term

sIndex

pH/O

RP

Temperature/

Pressure G

raphsP

art No.

Reference

GeneralCompatible Electrodes: Signet DryLoc® pH and ORP Electrodes Models 2754-2757, 2764-2767, 2774-2777Operational Range: • pH: 0 to 14 pH• ORP: ± 2,000 mV • Temperature (submersible): 0° C to 85° C (32°F to 185°F)• Temperature (in-line): 0° C to 110° C (32°F to 230°F)Response Time*: • pH: < 6 sec. for 95% of change • ORP: application dependent • Temp.: 140 seconds (2754), 196 seconds (2756)* includes response time of electrodes

Materials: • 2750 and 2760 (in-line): Valox® (PBT)• 2750 and 2760 (submersible): CPVC Electrical Cable (2750): 4.6m/15 ft, 3-conductor shielded 22AWG Cable (2760):• 4.6m/15 ft, supplied, 120m/400 ft max• 6 cond., foil shield with drain wire,

24AWG Power: • 12 to 24VDC for 4 to 20mA output• 5VDC ± 5% regulated, 3mA max., for digital (S3L) output

Current output (2750 only): • pH: Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = 0 to 14 pH

(custom scaling available)• ORP: Fixed 4 to 20mA, isolated, = -1000 to

2000mV (custom scaling available from ± 2000mV)

• Max Loop Resistance: 100Ω max. @ 12V 325Ω max. @ 18V 600Ω max. @ 24V• Accuracy: ± 32μA• Resolution: ± 5μA• Update Rate: 0.5 seconds • Error indication: 3.6mA

Digital (S3L) output (2750 only): • Serial ASCII, TTL level 9600 bps• Accuracy: pH: ± 0.03 pH @ 25°C (77°F) ORP: ± 2mV @ 25° C (77°F)• Resolution: pH: ≤ 0.01 pH ORP: 1mV Temp.: ≤ 0.2° C (32.3°F)

Dimensions

3-2750-1,-2Electrical (continued)• Update Rate: 0.5 seconds• Available Data: Raw mV, pH or ORP, temperature (pH)• Error indication: Open input diagnostic• Input Impedance, Z: >1011Ω

EnvironmentalEnclosure Rating: • 3-2750-1 & -2: NEMA 4X/IP65 with

electrode connected• 3-2750-3 & -4, 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4:

NEMA 6P/IP68 with electrode and watertight conduit and/or extension pipe connected

• 2760-11, -21, -31, -41: NEMA 4 with electrode and watertight conduit and/or extension pipe connected

Max. Pressure and Temperature RatingOperating Temperature: 0°C to 85° C (32°F to 185°F)Storage Temperature: -20°C to 85° C (-4°F to 185°F)Relative Humidity: 0 to 95%, non-condensing (without

electrode connected)

Shipping Weight: • 2750-1 & 2 (in-line): 0.75 kg (1.65 lb)• 2750-3 & -4 and all 2760: 0.64 kg (1.41 lb.)

Standards and Approvals• CE• Manufactured under ISO 9001:2000

for Quality and ISO 14001:2004 for Environmental Management

140 mm(5.5 in.)

94 mm(3.7 in.)

1/2 in. FNPT

31.75mm(1.25 in.)

89.4mm(3.52 in.)

70.1mm(2.76 in.)

3/4 in. ISO or3/4 FNPT threads

3-2750-3, -4 3-2760-1, -2, -3, -4

2750 Sensor Electronics and 2760 PreamplifierSpecifications

35.0 mm(1.38 in.)

61.0 mm(2.40 in.)

101 mm(4.0 in.)

3/4 in. ISO or3/4 FNPT threads

3-2760-11, -21, -31, -41

104 www.gfsignet.com

Compatibility MatrixCompatible Signet Instruments

Sensor Temp. Element 5700 8750 8900 PLC

Other Mfr’s Instruments with internal

preamplifiers*

Other Mfr’s Instruments requiring external

preamplified signals**

Com

pati

ble

Elec

trod

es

2754 PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output

any 2750 w/4 to 20 mA output 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2754-HF PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output


2755 None 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

any 2750 w/digital output


2756 PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output


2756-DI PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output


2756-WT PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output

any 2750 w/4 to 20 mA output 2760-31 or -41 2760-11 or -21

2756-WTP PT1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output


2757 None 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2757-WT None 2760-11, or -21

2760-11, or -21



2757-WTP None 2760-11, or -21

2760-11, or -21



2754-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - any 2750 w/4 to

20 mA output 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2754-HF-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - any 2750 w/4 to

20 mA output 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2756-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - any 2750 w/4 to

20 mA output 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2756-DI-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - any 2750 w/4 to

20 mA output 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2756-WT-1 3 Kohm 2760-11, or -21

2760-11, or -21 - 2750-1, -2 w/4 to

20 mA output 2760-31 or -41 2760-11, or -21

2756-WTP-1 3 Kohm 2760-11, or

-212760-11, or

-21 - 2750-1, -2 w/4 to 20 mA output 2760-31 or -41 2760-11, or -21

2764-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - -D

iffer

entia

l sen

sors

mus

t use

pre

ampl

ifier

at s

enso

r lo

catio

n; o

ther

wis

e, s

enso

r si

gnal

will

be

too

erra

tic

due

to h

igh

impe

danc

e si

gnal

s

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2764-2 PT 1000 - - any 2750 w/digital output

any 2750 w/4 to 20 mA output 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2764-3 300 ohm - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2765-1 None 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2765-2 PT 1000 - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -212765-3 300 ohm - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2766-1 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2766-3 300 ohm - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2767-1 None 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2767-2 PT 1000 - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -212767-3 300 ohm - - - - 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2774 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - - 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2775 10 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2775-1 None - - - - 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -212776 3 Kohm 2760-1, -2,

-11, or -21 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21 - - 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2777 10 Kohm 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21

2760-1, -2, -11, or -21



2777-1 None - - - - 2760-3, -4, -31, or -41 2760-1, -2, -11, or -21*Must have internal preamplifier in instrument**Must use sensor with compatible temperature element. For further assistance, contact your local Georg Fischer Sales Office.

105www.gfsignet.com

Choosing

Products

FlowC

onductivity/ R

esistivityTem

perature, P

ressure, Level

Multi-P

a-ram

eter Instrum

entO

therP

roductsW

iring &

InstallationTechnical R

eferenceG

lossary of Term

sIndex

pH/O

RP

Temperature/

Pressure G

raphsP

art No.

Reference

Mfr. Part No. Code Description

Accessories and Replacement Parts

Calibration3-2759 159 000 762 pH/ORP System Tester (adapter cable sold separately) 3-2759.391 159 000 764 2759 Adapter Cable for use with 2750 and 2760 DryLoc® Sensor Electronics3-0700.390 198 864 403 pH Buffer KitMounting3-8050-1 159 000 753 Universal Mount Junction Box3-8050-2 159 000 754 Universal Mount Junction Box w/EasyCal3-9000.392-1 159 000 839 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, NPT (1 connector)3-9000.392-2 159 000 841 Liquid Tight Connector Kit, PG13.5 (1 connector)Other 5523-0322 159 000 761 Cable, 3-cond. plus shield, 22AWG, black/red/white (for use with 2750)5523-0624 159 000 636 Cable, 6-cond. plus shield, 24AWG, black/red/white (for use with 2760)

Application Tips:• The EasyCal feature

automatically recognizes standard 4.0, 7.0, and 10.0 pH buffer or ORP Quinhydrone solutions and simplifies calibration

• Frequency of calibration of electrodes is dependent upon the application parameters.

3-2750-1 159 000 7443-2750-2 159 000 7453-2750-3 159 000 7463-2750-4 159 000 842


Mfr. Part No. Code Mfr. Part No. Code3-2760-1 159 000 9393-2760-2 159 000 9403-2760-3 159 000 9413-2760-4 159 000 9423-2760-11 159 001 3673-2760-21 159 001 3683-2760-31 159 001 3693-2760-41 159 001 370

Model 2750 and 2760 Ordering Information:1) Model 2750 requires 12

to 24VDC to function as a blind 4 to 20mA output transmitter.

2) Order a 3-2750-2 or any other 2750 with a junction box 3-8050-2 if the EasyCal feature is desired.

3) Conduit and mounting brackets for submersion installation must always be used (customer supplied).

4) The 3-2759 System Tester must be ordered with the adapter cable 3-2759.391 for exclusive use with the 2750 and 2760. Refer to 2759 product page for more information.

5) All sensor electronics, preamplifiers and connectors require a DryLoc® electrode for full system installation.

6) Use Models 2754-2757, 2764-2767 and 2774-2777 pH and ORP electrodes with either the 2760 or 2750.

Sensor Electronics 3-2750 Sensor Electronics with preamplified signal and Digital (S3L) output (for use with the 8900

instrument) or 4 to 20 mA output - power supplied to unit dictates output type. -1 In-line Sensor electronics (yellow body)-2 In-line Sensor electronics with EasyCal (yellow body)-3 Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads-4 Submersible Sensor electronics with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads

3-2750 -2 Example Part Number

Preamplifier and Connector3-2760 pH/ORP Preamplifier (for use with the 8750 or 5700 instrument) or Connector (for use

with other manufacturer’s instruments) with 4.6m (15 ft. cable)Preamplifier or Connector Style; Choose one-1 Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. NPT threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable-2 Preamplifier, with 3/4 in. ISO threads and 4.6m (15 ft.) cable-3 Connector with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and 3/4 in. NPT threads-4 Connectors with 4.6m (15 ft) cable and ISO 7/1R 3/4 threads

Mounting Configurations- Submersible mounting (gray body)1 In-line mounting (yellow body)

3-2760 -2 Example Part Number


52. Mattson-WittDistributorHub


53. ValworxElectricActuatedPVCBallValve:566249

1

SERIES

5612

Features

Applications

Construction

Description

Doc: 5612.5613.1016 Cornelius, N.C. • USA www.valworx.com

Electric Actuated Ball Valves PVC Body, Teflon/EPDM Seals

1/2 to 4 inch Pipe

Industrial grade PVC ball valve with PTFE/EPDM seals

External LED light gives continuous status indication

IP67 weatherproof polyamide enclosure with UV protection

Multi-voltage capable with auto-voltage sensing

Anti-condensation heater

Manual override and highly visual valve position indicator

DIN plug type electrical connections

Auxiliary limit switches to confirm valve position

Energized PTFE ball seats for lower torque and longer life

Union nut locking device prevents back-off

DPS Positioner and BSR Failsafe options available

Certified safe per NSF61 for potable/drinking water

Industrial quality full port electric actuated PVC ball valves are typically used for control of water and other media compatible with the materials of construction (not suitable for compressed air or gas). Ideal for indus-trial applications and where NSF approved construction is required for potable drinking water. Actuator duty cycle is rated 75%.

Electric actuated PVC ball valves offer a variety of advanced features in a wide range of 1/2 through 4 inch pipe sizes. Energized PTFE ball seats are used to extended cycle life, compensate for wear and lower the operating torque. Union locking device prevents nuts from backing off due to vibration or thermal cycling. Dual stem seals and adjustable ball seat carrier contribute to a leak free design. Machined ball and stem connection after molding provides a precise fit. Corrosion resistant actuator includes a manual override, valve position confirmation switches, thermostatically controlled anti-condensation heater and over-torque protection. LED diagnostic light.

Operation

Approvals Actuators

• CE mark conforming to:

- Machinery directive

- Low voltage directive

- EMC compatibility directive

• ISO5211 valve mounting

Valves

• NSF International certified to:

- NSF/ANSI 61 G

- NSF/ANSI 372 Drinking Water

• ANSI B1.20.1

• ASTM D1784, cell class 12454

Electric actuated valve uses power-to-open and power-to-close, stays in the last known position with loss of power. On receipt of a continuous voltage signal, the motor runs and through a flat gear system rotates the ball 90º. The motor is automatically stopped by internal cams striking limit switches. On receipt of a reversing continuous signal, the motor turns in the opposite direction reversing the valve position. Valves with optional DPS positioner use an analog input signal to control the position of the ball (flow).

Valve Body PVC cell class 12454 per ASTM D1784 (dark gray)

Ball and Stem PVC cell class 12454 per ASTM D1784

Ball Seats PTFE (Teflon) energized with EPDM

Stem Seals Dual EPDM seals

Actuator Enclosure Anti-corrosive polyamide, IP67 weatherproof

Position Indicator/Manual Override Dome style indicator/manual polyamide knob

Fasteners Stainless Steel

Auxiliary Limit Switches on-off models 2 x SPST 3A@125/250VAC, 30VDC resistive load

2


Electric Actuated Ball Valves PVC Body, Teflon/EPDM Seals

1/2 to 4 inch Pipe

Optional Functions DPS: Digital Positioner System - valve

position controlled by 4-20mA or 0-10VDC input control signal

BSR: Battery Spring Return - actuator fails to a safe position with loss of

external power

Pressure-Temperature Valve Pressure Rating*: 232 PSI (16 Bar) at 73°F (23°C)

Vacuum 29inHg

Valve Temperature Rating: 32 to 140º F (0 to 60º C)

Actuator Temperature Rating: -4 to +158º F (-20 to 70º C)

*See P/T chart

Construction Features

Auxiliary Limit Switches for confirming open/closed valve position

Electrical wiring by DIN style plug connectors

Auto/Manual selector lever

Leak free dual stem seal design with fully machined ball and stem connection

Energized PTFE ball seats for reduced torque and extended cycle life

Manual override

Highly visual valve position indicator

Anti-Condensation Heater

Anti-corrosive polyamide enclosure with UV protection

Union nut locking device prevents back-off from vibration or thermal cycling

Full Port design for unrestricted flow and NSF certified for use with potable/drinking water

P/T Chart (BAR/ºC)

Bar 16 16 16 12 10 7 2.4

ºC 0 10 21 32 43 49 60

P/T Chart (PSI/ºF)

PSI 232 232 232 180 150 100 35

ºF 32 50 70 90 110 120 140

Pressure/Temperature Chart

SERIES

5612

3


Specifications (English units) Stock Num-ber

Pipe Size* (inches)

Pipe O.D. (inch)

Cv Flow Factor

Pressure Max.(PSI)**

Cycle Time/90º (seconds) +/- 10%

Enclosure Rating

Max. Current Draw (Amps)

115VAC 240VAC 24VAC 24VDC

24v-240v AC or DC ELECTRIC PVC BALL VALVE, TEFLON/EPDM

561204C 1/2 0.84 14 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561206C 3/4 1.05 27 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561208C 1 1.32 54 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561210A 1-1/4 1.66 77 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561212C 1-1/2 1.90 123 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561216C 2 2.38 238 232 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561217A 2-1/2 2.88 368 232 14 IP67 0.37 0.20 1.73 1.25

561224C 3 3.50 497 232 14 IP67 0.37 0.20 1.73 1.25

561232C 4 4.50 665 232 30 IP67 0.27 0.16 1.17 0.90

These unique multi-voltage valves will operate within a voltage range of 24v to 240v AC or DC, 1ph, -0/+5%

Cv is the GPM of water at 60º F that will pass through the valve with 1 PSI pressure drop

*Valve sizes 1/2 to 2 inch include both IPS glue sockets and NPT end connectors, sizes 3 and 4 inch include IPS glue sockets only

** Maximum pressure at 73º F, pressure decreases as temperature increases (see P/T chart)

SERIES

5612

Specifications (Metric units) Stock Num-ber

Pipe Size* (inches)

Pipe O.D. (mm)

Kv Flow Factor

Pressure Max.(BAR)**

Cycle Time/90º (seconds) +/- 10%

Enclosure Rating

Max. Current Draw (Amps)

115VAC 240VAC 24VAC 24VDC

24v-240v AC or DC ELECTRIC PVC BALL VALVE, TEFLON/EPDM

561204C 1/2 21.34 12 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561206C 3/4 26.67 23 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561208C 1 33.53 46 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561210A 1-1/4 42.16 66 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561212C 1-1/2 48.26 106 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561216C 2 60.45 205 16 10 IP67 0.30 0.20 1.20 0.80

561217A 2-1/2 73.15 316 16 14 IP67 0.37 0.20 1.73 1.25

561224C 3 88.90 427 16 14 IP67 0.37 0.20 1.73 1.25

561232C 4 114.3 572 16 30 IP67 0.27 0.16 1.17 0.90

*Valve sizes 1/2 to 2 inch include both IPS glue sockets and NPT end connectors, sizes 3 and 4 inch include IPS glue sockets only

** Maximum pressure at 23º C, pressure decreases as temperature increases (see P/T chart)

4


Function: ON-OFF version

Power Connections

Power to PIN 1 and 2 - actuator CLOSED

Power to PIN 1 and 3 - actuator OPEN

Stays in last known position with loss of power.

Function: ON-OFF version with BSR option

Wiring is the same as standard ON-OFF version.

Power to open, power to close - maintain power to trickle charge the battery system in either open or closed position.

Actuator sent by battery power to failsafe position with pow-er failure.

Actuator returns to pre-failure position on power resumption.

Electrical Wiring: On/Off and BSR Battery Spring Return Versions Voltage: 24-240 Volts AC or DC, 1ph, -0/+5%

Auto-voltage sensing

1 2

3

CLOSED OPEN

Customer Supplied Switch

Power Connection

LS1 OPEN Signal

LS2 CLOSED Signal

Position Confirmation Limit Switches

1 2

3

N / -

L / + LS1 N / -

LS2 N / -

COM L / +

Earth Ground

Power VAC or VDC

Function: Position confirmation limit switches

Dry contact 3A @ 125/250 VAC, 30VDC resistive load

PIN 1 (COM) and 2 to confirm actuator is closed

PIN 1 (COM) and 3 to confirm actuator is open

SERIES

5612

5


Function: Actuators with DPS—Digital Positioner Option

Power open, power close - actuator movement controlled by 4-20mA or 0-10VDC input signal.

Standard operation: 4mA or 0V = actuator closed, 20mA or 10V = actuator open (can be set-up reverse acting).

Actuator closes with loss of control signal, stays in last known position with loss of main pow-er.

Output monitoring signal (in same format as supply signal) provided as standard.

Electrical Wiring: Actuators with DPS Digital Positioner Option Voltage: 24-240 Volts AC or DC, 1ph, -0/+5% (auto-voltage sensing) Control Signal: 4-20mA or 0-10 VDC

1 2

Power Connection

LS1 OPEN Signal

LS2 CLOSED Signal

Position Confirmation Limit Switches

1 2

3

N / -

L / + LS1 N / -

LS2 N / -

COM L / +

Earth Ground

DPS Positioner Control Signals 4-20mA/0-10v

2 1

3

+ -Input

+ Output

Power VAC or VDC

Function: Position confirmation limit switches

Dry contact 3A @ 125/250 VAC, 30VDC resistive load

PIN 1 (COM) and 2 to confirm actuator is closed

PIN 1 (COM) and 3 to confirm actuator is open

SERIES

5612

6


Pipe Size A B C D F G H J M P Weight

1/2 inch 2.4 4.61 2.31 2.28 9.01 10.15 7.00 4.33 0.79 - 4.3 lbs

mm 56.9 117 59 58 228.9 257.9 178 110 20 6 x 8 depth 2 kg

3/4 inch 2.67 5.08 2.54 2.74 9.47 10.82 7.00 4.33 0.79 - 4.6 lbs

mm 67.8 129 65 69.5 240.5 274.8 178 110 20 6 x 8 depth 2.1 kg

1 inch 3.03 5.59 2.80 2.91 9.65 11.18 7.00 4.33 0.79 - 4.8 lbs

mm 77 142 71 74 245 284 178 110 20 6 x 8 depth 2.2 kg

inch 3.54 6.26 3.13 3.58 10.31 12.13 7.00 4.33 1.18 - 6.0 lbs 1-1/4

mm 90 158.9 79.5 91 262 308 178 110 30 6 x 8 depth 2.7 kg

1-1/2 inch 4.02 6.77 3.29 3.83 10.56 12.61 7.00 4.33 1.18 - 6.0 lbs

mm 102.2 172 84 97.2 268.2 320.2 178 110 30 8 x 12 depth 2.7 kg

2 inch 4.84 7.83 3.92 4.45 11.19 13.62 7.00 4.33 1.18 - 7.6 lbs

mm 123 199 100 113.1 284.1 346.1 178 110 30 8 x 12 depth 3.5 kg

Dimensions: 1/2 to 2 inch Sizes

SERIES

5612

7


Pipe Size A B C D F G H J M N P Weight

2-1/2 inch 7.68 9.25 4.63 4.64 12.35 15.87 7.00 4.33 2 0.67 M8 13.8 lbs

mm 195 235 117.5 117.8 313.8 403 178 84 52 17 M8 16.2 kg

inch 8.82 10.63 5.31 5.16 12.87 17 7.00 4.33 2.48 0.83 M8 20.6 lbs 3

mm 224 270 135 131 327 432 178 84 63 21 M8 9.4 kg

4 inch 10.47 12.13 6.06 6.21 13.93 18.66 7.00 5.04 2.64 0.83 M8 29 lbs

mm 266 308 154 157.8 353.8 474 178 128 67 21 M8 13 kg

Dimensions: 2-1/2 to 4 inch Sizes

SERIES

5612


54. PhoenixContactRelay:PLC-RPT-24DC/21-21


12/15/2015 Page 1 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Please be informed that the data shown in this PDF Document is generated from our Online Catalog. Please find the complete data in the user'sdocumentation. Our General Terms of Use for Downloads are valid(http://phoenixcontact.com/download)

PLC-INTERFACE, consisting of PLC-BPT.../21-21 basic terminal block with push-in connection and plug-inminiature relay with power contact, for mounting on NS 35/7,5 DIN rail, 2 PDTs, input voltage 24 V DC

The figure shows a version with ascrew connection

Product Features

Slim design

Efficient connection to system cabling using V8 adapter

RT III sealed relay

Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178 between coil and contact

Integrated input circuit and interference suppression circuit

Functional plug-in bridges

Key Commercial DataPacking unit 1 pc




Technical data

Note



Height 80 mm

Depth 94 mm




12/15/2015 Page 2 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Technical data



Coil sideNominal input voltage UN 24 V DC

Typical input current at UN 18 mA

Typical response time 8 ms

Typical release time 10 ms

Protective circuit Protection against polarity reversal Polarity protection diode

Free-wheeling diode Damping diode

Operating voltage display Yellow LED

Power dissipation for nominal condition 0.43 W

Contact sideContact type 2 PDT

Contact material AgNi

Maximum switching voltage

250 V AC/DC (The separating plate PLC-ATP should be installed forvoltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks inadjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC...or ...FBST 500...)

Minimum switching voltage 5 V AC/DC (at 10 mA)

Min. switching current 10 mA (At 5 V)

Maximum inrush current 15 A (300 ms)

Limiting continuous current 6 A

Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. 140 W (at 24 V DC)

85 W (at 48 V DC)

60 W (at 60 V DC)

44 W (at 110 V DC)

60 W (at 220 V DC)

1500 VA (for 250 V AC)

Switching capacity in acc. with DIN VDE 0660/IEC 60947 2 A (at 24 V, DC13)

0.2 A (at 250 V, DC13)

3 A (at 24 V, AC15)

3 A (at 120 V, AC15)

3 A (at 250 V, AC15)

Connection data input sideConnection name Coil side






12/15/2015 Page 3 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Technical data

Connection data input sideConductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²



Connection data output sideConnection name Contact side



Conductor cross section solid 0.14 mm² ... 2.5 mm²



GeneralOperating mode 100% operating factor

Degree of protection RT III (Relay)

Mechanical service life 3 x 107 cycles




EN 50178

IEC 62103

Rated surge voltage/insulation 6 kV (safe isolation: control side / contact side)

Pollution degree 2

Overvoltage category III

Mounting position any

Assembly instructions In rows with zero spacing

Standards and RegulationsConnection in acc. with standard CUL



EN 50178

IEC 62103

Rated surge voltage/insulation 6 kV (safe isolation: control side / contact side)

Pollution degree 2

Overvoltage category III





12/15/2015 Page 4 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Articles in set

Relay socket - PLC-BPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900283

14 mm PLC basic terminal block with push-in connection, without relay or solid-state relay, for mounting on DIN rail NS35/7,5, 2 PDTs, input voltage 24 V DC

Single relay - REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 - 2961192

Plug-in miniature power relay, with power contact, 2 PDTs, input voltage 24 V DC

Classifications

eCl@ss

eCl@ss 4.0 27371001

eCl@ss 4.1 27371001

eCl@ss 5.0 27371001

eCl@ss 5.1 27371001

eCl@ss 6.0 27371001

eCl@ss 7.0 27371001

eCl@ss 8.0 27371601

eCl@ss 9.0 27371601

ETIM

ETIM 4.0 EC000196

ETIM 5.0 EC001437

UNSPSC

UNSPSC 6.01 30211916

UNSPSC 7.0901 39121515

UNSPSC 11 39121515

UNSPSC 12.01 39121515

UNSPSC 13.2 39121515






12/15/2015 Page 5 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Approvals

Approvals

Approvals

GL / UL Listed / cUL Listed / UL Recognized / cUL Recognized / EAC / RC FRT / EAC / cULus Recognized / cULus Listed

Ex Approvals

Approvals submitted

Approval details

GL

UL Listed

cUL Listed

UL Recognized

cUL Recognized

EAC

RC FRT

EAC




12/15/2015 Page 6 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330Approvals

cULus Recognized

cULus Listed

Drawings

Diagram

0,1

0,20,3

0,5

1

2

4

6

10

20

10 20 30 50 70 100 300200

1234

3

1

4 2

AC,ohmicloadSwitchingvoltage[V]

Sw

itch

ing

cu

rre

nt

[A]

DC,ohmicload,contactsinseriesDC,ohmicloadDC,L/R=40ms

Interrupting rating

Circuit diagram

A2

24

21

22

14

11

12

A1




12/15/2015 Page 7 / 7

Relay Module - PLC-RPT- 24DC/21-21 - 2900330

Diagram

Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see relevant technical data) Curve B Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation (see relevant technical data)





55. StainlessSteelFittings:Various


56. SanitaryClampGasket/OrificePlate:Various


57. StainlessSteelTubing


58. SpearsPVCPipeandFittings:Various

PVC Schedule 80 Fittings Specification:

801-030, 837-335, 838-128SR, 837-338, 838-247SR All PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall be produced by Spears® Manufacturing Company from PVC Type I, cell classification 12454, conforming to ASTM Standard D 1784. All injection molded PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall be Certified for potable water service by NSF® International manufactured in strict compliance to ASTM D 2467. All fabricated fittings shall be produced in accordance with Spears® General Specifications for Fabricated Fittings. All PVC flanges shall be designed and manufactured to meet CL150 bolt pattern per ANSI Standard B16.5 and rated for a maximum internal pressure of 150 psi, non-shock at 73°F.


59. BWSGSACFrame:BWS_GSAC_Frame_1414


60. Filter/MediaTanks


61. InversandGreensandMedia

226 Atlantic Avenue, P.O. 650 Clayton, NJ 08312 Phone 856-881-2345 Fax 856-881-6859

Email: [email protected] www.inversand.com

Removes iron, manganese,hydrogen sulfide, arsenicand radium.

GreensandPlus™ is a black filtermedia used for removing soluble iron, manganese, hydro-gen sulfide, arsenic and radiumfrom groundwater supplies.

The manganese dioxide coatedsurface of GreensandPlus actsas a catalyst in the oxidationreduction reaction of iron andmanganese.

The silica sand core ofGreensandPlus allows it to withstand waters that are low insilica, TDS and hardness without breakdown.

GreensandPlus is effective athigher operating temperaturesand higher differential pressuresthan standard manganese greensand. Tolerance to higherdifferential pressure can providefor longer run times betweenbackwashes and a greater margin of safety.

Systems may be designed usingeither vertical or horizontal pressure filters, as well as gravity filters.

GreensandPlus is a proven technology for iron, manganese,hydrogen sulfide, arsenic andradium removal. Unlike othermedia, there is no need for

extensive preconditioning of filtermedia or lengthy startup periodsduring which required water quality may not be met.

GreensandPlus is an exactreplacement for manganesegreensand. It can be used in COor IR applications and requiresno changes in backwash rate or

times or chemical feeds.

GreensandPlus has the WQAGold Seal Certification forcompliance with NSF/ANSI61. Packaging is available in 1/2 cubic foot bags or 1 metric ton (2,205 lbs) bulk sacks. 1 of 4

Performance Media forWater Filtration

BED EXPANSION DURING BACKWASHING

GREENSANDPLUS PRESSURE DROP (CLEAN BED)

PRES

SUR

E D

RO

P, P

SI/F

T

FLOW RATE (GPM/FT2)

BA

CK

WA

SH R

ATE,

GPM

/FT2

TEMPERATURE °F

GREENSANDPLUS™ TECHNICAL DATA

Physical Form

Apparent Density

Shipping Weight

Specific Gravity

Porosity

Screen Grading (dry)

Effective Size

Uniformity Coefficient

pH Range

Maximum Temperature

Backwash Rate

Service Flow Rate

Minimum Bed Depth

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

For operation using chlorine, the demandcan be estimated as follows:

FILTERED WATEROUTLET

2 of 4

METHOD OF OPERATION CO

RAW WATER INLET

Oxidant

88 pounds per cubic foot net (1410.26 kg/m3)

90 pounds per cubic foot gross (1442.31 kg/m3)

(4.9m/hr - 29.4 m/hr)

(29.4 m/hr @ 12.78*C) (see expansion chart)

15 inches (381 mm) of each media for dual media beds or 30 inches minimum (762 mm) of GreensandPlus alone.

FILTERED WATEROUTLET

RAW WATER INLET

Oxidant

3 of 4

The Intermittent regeneration (IR) operation is available for certain applications.Contact your Inversand representative for additional information.

SUGGESTED OPERATING CONDITIONS

Bed TypeDual media; anthracite 15-18 in. (381 mm- 457 mm) and GreensandPlus 15-24 in.(381 mm - 610 mm)

Capacity700-1200 grains of oxidized iron and manganese/sq.ft. of bed area based on oxidant demand and operation to iron breakthrough or dp limitations.

BackwashSufficient rate using treated water to produce

40% bed expansion until waste water is clear, or for 10 minutes, whichever occurs first.

Air/Water ScourOptional using 0.8-2.0 cfm/sq. ft. (15 m/hr -37 m/hr) with a simultaneous treated water backwash at 4.0-4.5 gpm/sq. ft.(9.8 m/hr - 11.03 m/hr)

Raw Water RinseAt normal service flow rate for 3 minutes oruntil effluent is acceptable.

Flow RateRecommended flow rates with CO operationare 2-12 gpm/sq. ft. (4.9 m/hr - 29.4 m/hr).High concentrations of iron and manganeseusually require lower flow rates for equivalentrun lengths. Higher flow rates can beconsidered with low concentrations ofiron and manganese. For optimizing designparameters, pilot plant testing isrecommended.The run length betweenbackwashes can be estimated as follows:

What is the run length for a water containing1.7 mg/L iron and 0.3 mg/L manganese at a4 gpm/sq. ft. service rate:

Contaminant loading= (1 x mg/L Fe) + (2 x mg/L Mn)= (1 x 1.7) + (2 x 0.3)= (2.3 mg/L or 2.3/17.1 = 0.13

grains/gal. (gpg)

At 1,200 grains / sq. ft. loading ÷ 0.13 gpg = 9,230 gal./sq. ft.

At 4 gpm / sq. ft. service rate 9,230/4 = 2,307 min.

The backwash frequency is approximatelyevery 32-38 hours of actual operation.

GENERAL NOTESpH

Raw waters having natural pH of 6.2 or abovecan be filtered through GreensandPlus without pH correction. Raw waters with a pHlower than 6.2 should be pH-corrected to 6.5-6.8 before filtration. Additional alkali should be added following the filters if a pH higher than 6.5-6.8 is desired in the treated water. This pre-vents the possible adverse reaction and forma-tion of a colloidal precipitate that sometimesoccurs with iron and alkali at a pH above 6.8.

Initial Conditioning of GreensandPlus

GreensandPlus media must be backwashedprior to adding the anthracite cap. TheGreensandPlus backwash rate must be a mini-mum of 12 gpm/sq. ft. @ 55 °F.

This initial backwash could last for up to 60minutes to thoroughly remove the fine dust.After backwashing is complete, theGreensandPlus must be conditioned. Mix 0.5gal. (1.9 L) of 6% household bleach or

Disclaimer: The information and recommendations in this publication are true and

reliable to the best of our knowledge. These recommendations are offered in good

faith but without warranty or liability for consequential damage as conditions and

method of use of our products are varied and beyond our control. We suggest the

user determine the suitability and performance of our products before they are

adopted on a commercial scale.

REFERENCES

4 of 4

226 Atlantic Avenue • P.O. Box 650Clayton, NJ 08312 USA T: 856-881-2345 • F: 856-881-6859 E:[email protected] •www.inversand.com

The manufacturing of GreensandPlus is an ongoing, 24/7 process to ensure the highest quality water treatment media.

Initial Conditioning of GreensandPlus

USA USA

International

0.2 gal (0.75 L) of 12% sodium hypochlorite for

every 1 cu. ft. (28.3 L cu. m) of GreensandPlus

into 6.5 gallons (25 L) of water.

Drain the filter enough to add the diluted chlo-

rine mix. Apply the diluted chlorine to the filter

being sure to allow the solution to contact the

GreensandPlus media. Let soak for a minimum

of 4 hours, then rinse to waste until the “free”

chlorine residual is less than 0.2 mg/L. The

GreensandPlus is now ready for service.

American Water Company, CA

San Jacinto, CA

City of Tallahassee, FL

Adedge Technologies, Inc., Buford, GA

City of Mason City, IL

City of Goshen, IN

City of Hutchinson, KS

City of Burlington, MA

Dedham Water Co., MA

Raynham Center, MA

Northbrook Farms, MD

Sykesville, MD

Tonka Equipment Company, Plymouth, MN

City of New Bern, NC

Onslow County, NC

Hungerford & Terry, Inc., Clayton, NJ

Fort Dix, NJ

Jackson Twsp. MUA, NJ

Watergroup, Saskatoon, SK CanadaBI Pure Water, Surrey, BC Canada Sydney, Nova Scotia, CanadaPT Besflo Prima, Jakarta, IndonesiaEurotrol, Milanese, ItalyGargon Industrial, Mexico City, MexicoFiltration Tech, Auckland, New ZealandAlamo Water Poland, Izabelin, PolandAquatrol Company, Moscow, RussiaImpulse Group, St. Petersburg, RussiaBrenntag Nordic, Taby, SwedenNema Kimya, Istanbul, TurkeyMinh Tam, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

Radium and Arsenic Removal Using GreensandPlus

The GreensandPlus CO process has been

found to be successful in removing radium and

arsenic from well water. This occurs via adsorp-

tion onto the manganese and/or iron precipi-

tates that are formed. For radium removal,

soluble manganese must be present in or

added to the raw water for removal to occur.

Arsenic removal requires iron to be present in

or added to the raw water to accomplish

removal. Pilot plant testing is recommended in

either case.

Churchill County, NV

Suffolk County Water Authority, NY

City of Urbana, OH

Roberts Filter Group, Darby, PA

Distributed by:©20

12Inversa

nd Com

pany (1

M) 2

/12

ACTIVATED CARBON COCONUT SHELL FOR WATER PURIFICATION This type of carbon is made from coconut shell and activated thru high temperature & high pressure steam in order to create the internal pore structure to obtain maximum efficiency in the adsorption process; it is desirable to have the greatest possible surface area within a small volume. Also is used for the promotion of oxidation, reduction and elimination reactions. Specific applications include chloramines, organic compounds including pesticides and herbicides form drinking water including cartridge manufacturing for potable water, beverage water etc. Carbon Type PSC1240 Activity (ASTM 3467) 60 CTC Particle Size 12x40 US MESH Apparent Density (ASTM 2864) 0.47-0.49gm/cc Specific Surface Area (N2 Bet Method) 1100-1150 m2/gm Ash Content (ASTM 2866) 2% Hardness (ASTM 3802) 99.0% Minimum Iodine Number 1150 mg/gm Bulk Density 27.5 Lb/ft3

Standard Packaging: one/two cu.ft. Polypropylene bags. 1,100 lb. super sacks are available.


62. WalchemPumpEWN-RSeries

Metering Pumps

EWN-R Series Electromagnetic Metering Pumps

The EWN-R Series electronic metering pumps offer superior high speed dosing capability with more standard features. The flexibility of the EWN-R pump enable it be integrated into virtually any chemical feed application using a universal-voltage, digital controller with an expanded set of control features. Superb valve performance and advanced solenoid engineering combine to make a highly precise pump for the most demanding applications.

EWN pumps have outputs to 6.7 GPH (25.2 L/h) and a maximum pressure of 250 PSI (17 bar). The high speed of operation results in high resolution chemical feed and long service life. Quiet and compact, the EWN pump prime in seconds and hold prime reliably.

High Speed Performance E-Series pumps operate up to 360 strokes-per-minute with adjustments in 1 spm increments, providing high resolution chemical feed. Adjustable stroke length further increases the ability to refine output, making the E-Series one of the most versatile solenoid metering pumps on the market.

Multi-function Digital ControllerThe controller in the EWN-R pump provides for flexible pump control including scalable Analog control, Digital Input with both Multiply and Divide capability, external stop control, or simple speed and stoke length control. Display of can be adjusted between flow rate units or %speed for easy-to-read output and enables quick adjustment. The controller is universal voltage so it can be used anywhere in the world.

Engineered LongevityAll E-Series pumps feature dual bearing support. The armature and shaft are supported with a bearing on each end, which ensures proper axial movement, enabling the E-Series to operate at 360 SPM while extending the life of the diaphragm.

Superior Check Valve PerformanceDual Check Valve Assemblies in both suction and discharge fittings feature precision ball guides and tapered seats. Precise machining and molding of parts limit valve ball travel, ensuring that balls fully seat and seal with every stroke. This superior check valve design guarantees fast priming and reliable performance.

Flexible ConnectionsA removable tubing insert provides flexibility of tubing sizes and eliminates twisting of the tubing during connection. A threaded insert can be used in place of the tubing adapter to easily convert any connection to NPT.

High Compression Ratio The compression ratio of a metering pump is important because it affects the pump’s ability to prime and vent. The compression ratio is raised when you reduce the dead volume of the pump head during operation. All E-Series pumps feature a very high compression ratio that ensures proper feed especially with off-gassing products (i.e. Sodium Hypochlorite).

Walchem, Iwaki America Inc. Five Boynton Road Hopping Brook Park Holliston, MA 01746 USA Phone: 508-429-1110 www.walchem.com

High Compression Model High Pressure Model High Viscosity ModelIncreasing the compression ratio by minimizing dead volume in the liquid end further helps to eliminate gas in the pump heads. In addition to reducing air lock conditions, the increased compression ratio helps with accuracy at low output ranges.

Construction

180623.A August 2014

Valve

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Valve seat

Valve

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump headGasket

Valve seat

ValveO-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Spring

Valve seat

Auto Degassing Valve Model

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Valve seat

Valve

Wet-end materialMaterial codePump headValveValve seatGasketO-ringDiaphragm

VC VEPVCCE

FKM EPDMPTFE

FKM EPDMPTFE+EPDM


GFRPPPC

CEFKM

FKM

SUS316SH

HCSUS316

—

PE

EPDMPTFE

EPDMPTFE+EPDM

Wet-end materialMaterial codePump headValveValve seat

GasketO-ringDiaphragm

GFRPPPC

CEPCTFE

Spring Hastelloy C276

FKMPTFE

PTFE+EPDM

P6

316 SS

316 SS

EPDM


VC VEPVCCE

FKM EPDMPTFE

FKM EPDMPTFE+EPDM

Discharge pressure Stroke rate Stroke length range

mL/minCapacity

20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25) 20 - 100 (0.3 - 1.50)

GPH

mL/shot 0.09 - 0.43105

781.2

0.01 - 0.07150

120.2

0.03 - 0.13150

230.4

0.04 - 0.22105

400.6

0.06 - 0.30150

540.9

0.07 - 0.3560

631.0

Model C21B09 B11 B16 C16B21

PSI0.1 - 100 (1-180)% (spm)

% (mm)

Note 1: Each discharge capacity shown above is at discharge pressure (stroke length 100%, stroke rate 100%) and increases as a discharge pressure reduces.Note 2: The performance is based on pumping clean water at ambient temperature at rated voltage.

Specifications

Discharge pressureStroke rateStroke length range

mL/minCapacityGPH

mL/shot

Model

20 - 100 (0.2 - 1.0)

0.02 - 0.1250

250.4

B11

20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

0.03 - 0.17250

400.6

C16

PSI0.1 - 100 (1-240)% (spm)

% (mm) 20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

0.13 - 0.6373

1502.4

C31

0.1 - 100 (1-240)

B11High Pressure Models High Pressure Models (300 psi) High Viscosity Models

High Compression Models

70 - 100 (0.5 - 0.9)

0.05 - 0.07290

170.3

0.1 - 100 (1-240)

C21B11 B16 C16B21Auto Degassing Valve

0.04 - 0.08150

300.5

0.08 - 0.15105

550.9

0.12 - 0.2460

861.4

0.07 - 0.18150

651.0

0.12 - 0.31105

1101.7

0.1 - 100 (1-360)20 - 100 (0.2 - 1.0) 20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

Chemicals that outgas, such as Sodium Hypochlorite or Hydrogen Peroxide, can generate enough gas to gas lock metering pumps. Using a dual check valve system, the Auto Degassing Valve vents any gas to atmosphere to eliminate gas lock conditions and keep the pump primed.

The high pressure model is capable of operating at flow rates of 0.4 or 0.6GPH (25 or 40mL/min) at a maximum discharge pressure up to 250PSI. This makes it suitable for applications such as chemical injection into boiler makeup water.

The High Viscosity pump has a uniquely designed liquid end with oversized flow paths and spring loaded valve checks. Coupled with a reduced max speed, the HV pumps are designed for polymer/coagulant injection in water treatment applications.

Specifications Specifications

EWN - B 11 VC U R

Series symbolEWN-R series Drive unit symbol

Average power consumptionB: 20W C: 24W

Diaphragm diameterEffective diaphragm dia.09: 8mm 11: 10mm 16: 15mm21: 20mm 31: 30mm 36: 35mm

Wet-end material symbolFor details, see the table of materials.

Special version codeC: High compression version (available on 09-21-VC/VE)H: High pressure version (available on B11/C16-PC/PE/PA/SH)H2: High pressure version (2MPa) (available on B11-PC/PE/SH)V: High Viscosity version (available on C13-PC/P6)A: Auto Degassing valve included (available on 11-21-VC/VE)M: Multifunction valve included (available on all sizes & liquid ends except FC/SH)

Controller function codeR: Standard type

Power codeU: 115V US plug2: 230V US plug

Tubing ConnectionBlank: 1/4” x 3/8” (B09, B11, B16, B21, C16, C21) 3/8” x 1/2” (B31, C31, C36)For other options, contact your distributor.

Valve

O-ringDiaphragmPump headGasket

Valve seat

Pump Head DiaphragmValve Balls

Valve SeatO-ring Seal

Gasket

VC

PVC

PTFE +EPDM

CEFKM FKM

PTFE

VE EPDM EPDM

VF PTFE EPDM EPDM

PC

GFRPP

CE

FKM FKM

PE EPDM EPDM

PA PCTFE AFLAS®

FC

PVDF

PCTFE PTFE

TC FKM FKM

TA PCTFE AFLAS®

SH SUS316 HC SUS316 PTFE

Wet End Materials

0RGHO,GHQWL¿FDWLRQ

Model B11 B16 B21 B31 C16 C21 C31C36

VC/VE/PC/PE FC/SH/TC

Max. Output Capacity

GPH 0.6 1.0 1.6 3.2 1.3 2.1 4.3 6.7 6.5

mL/min 38 65 100 200 80 130 270 420 410

mL/shot 0.02-0.1 0.04-0.18 0.06-0.28 0.11-0.56 0.04-0.22 0.07-0.36 0.15-0.75 0.23-1.17 0.23-1.14

Rated discharge pressure

PSI 145 102 58 29 1.0 0.7 0.35 0.2 0.2

Max pressure PSI 203 116 73 30 1.2 0.8 --- --- ---

Stroke rate % (spm) 0.1 to 100 (1 to 360)

Stroke length rate % (mm) 20 to 100 (0.2 to 1.0) 20 to 100 (0.25 to 1.25)

3XPS6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

Operational mode

MAN 0.1 to 100% stroke rate

EXT control

DIV (Dividing) /1 to 0000

MULT (Multiply) x1 to 9999

ANA. R (Analog, rigid) 4 to 20, 0 to 20, 20 to 4, 20 to 0 mA

ANA. V (Analog, variable) 2 points 0.0 to 20.0 mA range 0.0 to 100% stroke rate

Display

LCD 14 segment 5 digits %, ml/m, L/H, GPH, STOP, PRIME, AUX etc

LEDON Green Green lights when ON blinks OFF synchronous with stroke.

STOP Orange/Red Orange lights when Pre-STOP is made, red when STOP is made.

Keypad 5 keys START/STOP, EXT, (UP), (DOWN), Disp

Control function

STOP/Pre-STOP Pump keeps running when Pre-STOP is made. Pump stops when STOP is made.

Prime Pump runs at max. stroke rate while up and down keys are pressed.

Key lock Keypad can be locked and unlocked.

Calibration Discharge capacity per shot is calculated automatically by operating and stopping pump in the calibration mode to determine the flow rate.

Buffer memory ON or OFF selectable. Max. 65535 stroke pulses are stored in memory.

Input

Pulse No voltage contact or open collector. Max 200 Hz. NO/NC selectable

Current '&P$,QSXWUHVLVWDQFH

Stop/Pre-stop No Voltage contact or open collector

AUX Pump runs at max.stroke rate when made. No Voltage contact or open collector

OutputPhoto-MOS relay AC/DC24V 0.1A

STOP, Synchronous with stroke

Note 1: If the max. stroke rate by calculation exceeds 100% stroke rate because of the relation between the setting and input signal when the pump is in EXT operation, the operation is fixed at Maximum stroke rate speed of manual operation.Note 2: By changing the setting, the pump can run when the contact signal comes in. Note 3: The max. frequency of input pulse is 200 Hz. ON time of input pulse is 10 to 100 mS. Note 4: The max. potential voltage at a contact is 12V and current is 0.1mA. If a contact such as relay is used, the minimum application load should be 0.1mA or less.

Note 1: Max. output capacity shown is at rated discharge pressure (stroke length 100%, stroke rate 100%) and increases as a discharge pressure reduces.Note 2: The performance is based on pumping clean water at ambient temperature at rated discharge pressure and voltage.Note 3: Liquid temperature ·VC/VH types: 14 to 104°F (-10 to 40ºC) ·PC/PH/FC/SH/TC types: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60ºC)Note 4: Max pressure of PVC type is 174 PSI. Please contact your distributor for more information.

&RQWUROOHU6SHFL¿FDWLRQV

dL(77)

(68)

(266

)

125

40 15 20 20 15

80

10 a10

0b

H

6100

c

Material Model H L a b c d

PC/PE/PA VC/VE/VF

TC/TA

EWN-11,16, 21 7.83 10.43 0.94 6.45 0.90 1.85

EWN-31 8.34 10.51 0.23 6.97 0.98 1.89

EWN-36 8.30 10.51 0.27 6.93 0.94 1.89

SH

EWN-11,16, 21 7.91 9.13 1.73 6.10 0.86 0.59

EWN-31 8.38 9.17 1.34 6.49 0.90 0.59

EWN-36 8.50 9.17 1.26 6.69 0.90 0.59

FC

EWN-11,16, 21 6.53 9.09 1.57 6.31 0.90 0.51

EWN-31 6.97 9.29 0.90 6.97 0.98 0.63

EWN-36 6.97 9.25 0.90 6.97 0.94 0.63

dL(77)

(68)

(266

)

125

40 15 20 20 15

80

10

a10

0 bH

6100

c

dL(77)

(68)

(266

)

125

40 15 20 20 15

80

10

a10

0 b H

6100

c

PC/PE/PA/VC/VE/VF/TC/TA Models

Dimensions (in inches)

SH Models

FC Models

R S T

X Y Z Z Y

U V

EW Model R S T U V X Y Z

11,16, 214.57” 3.94” 0.24” 3.15” 4.17” 1.57” 0.59” 0.79”

31, 36

Mounting Dimensions

Safety Certifications

The EWN series metering pumps are tested by Intertek to UL and CSA standards.

CE Alumina ceramic EPDM Ethylene propylene diene monomerFKM Fluoroelastomer GFRPP Glass fiber reinforced polypropylenePTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene PVC Polyvinylchloride (translucent)PCTFE Polychlorotrifluoroethylene HC Hastelloy C276PVDF Polyvinylidenefluoride

The EWN series metering pumps* are WQA tested and certified to NSF/ANSI Standard 50 and Standard 61. * See www.wqa.org for specific chemicals and certification parameters.

EWN EWN-B EWN-C

50/60 Hz, 1 phase 20 Watt avg. 24 Watt avg.

100-240VAC ±10% 0.8 Amp max. 1.2 Amp max.

Shipping weightEWN-B: 10 lbs (4.5 kg)EWN-C: 12 lbs (5.5 kg)

Electrical Specifications

ĦBottom View

Metering Pumps

EWN-R Series Electromagnetic Metering Pumps

The EWN-R Series electronic metering pumps offer superior high speed dosing capability with more standard features. The flexibility of the EWN-R pump enable it be integrated into virtually any chemical feed application using a universal-voltage, digital controller with an expanded set of control features. Superb valve performance and advanced solenoid engineering combine to make a highly precise pump for the most demanding applications.

EWN pumps have outputs to 6.7 GPH (25.2 L/h) and a maximum pressure of 250 PSI (17 bar). The high speed of operation results in high resolution chemical feed and long service life. Quiet and compact, the EWN pump prime in seconds and hold prime reliably.

High Speed Performance E-Series pumps operate up to 360 strokes-per-minute with adjustments in 1 spm increments, providing high resolution chemical feed. Adjustable stroke length further increases the ability to refine output, making the E-Series one of the most versatile solenoid metering pumps on the market.

Multi-function Digital ControllerThe controller in the EWN-R pump provides for flexible pump control including scalable Analog control, Digital Input with both Multiply and Divide capability, external stop control, or simple speed and stoke length control. Display of can be adjusted between flow rate units or %speed for easy-to-read output and enables quick adjustment. The controller is universal voltage so it can be used anywhere in the world.

Engineered LongevityAll E-Series pumps feature dual bearing support. The armature and shaft are supported with a bearing on each end, which ensures proper axial movement, enabling the E-Series to operate at 360 SPM while extending the life of the diaphragm.

Superior Check Valve PerformanceDual Check Valve Assemblies in both suction and discharge fittings feature precision ball guides and tapered seats. Precise machining and molding of parts limit valve ball travel, ensuring that balls fully seat and seal with every stroke. This superior check valve design guarantees fast priming and reliable performance.

Flexible ConnectionsA removable tubing insert provides flexibility of tubing sizes and eliminates twisting of the tubing during connection. A threaded insert can be used in place of the tubing adapter to easily convert any connection to NPT.

High Compression Ratio The compression ratio of a metering pump is important because it affects the pump’s ability to prime and vent. The compression ratio is raised when you reduce the dead volume of the pump head during operation. All E-Series pumps feature a very high compression ratio that ensures proper feed especially with off-gassing products (i.e. Sodium Hypochlorite).

Walchem, Iwaki America Inc. Five Boynton Road Hopping Brook Park Holliston, MA 01746 USA Phone: 508-429-1110 www.walchem.com

High Compression Model High Pressure Model High Viscosity ModelIncreasing the compression ratio by minimizing dead volume in the liquid end further helps to eliminate gas in the pump heads. In addition to reducing air lock conditions, the increased compression ratio helps with accuracy at low output ranges.

Construction

180623.A August 2014

Valve

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Valve seat

Valve

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump headGasket

Valve seat

ValveO-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Spring

Valve seat

Auto Degassing Valve Model

O-ring

Diaphragm

Pump head

Gasket

Valve seat

Valve


VC VEPVCCE

FKM EPDMPTFE

FKM EPDMPTFE+EPDM


GFRPPPC

CEFKM

FKM

SUS316SH

HCSUS316

—

PE

EPDMPTFE

EPDMPTFE+EPDM

Wet-end materialMaterial codePump headValveValve seat

GasketO-ringDiaphragm

GFRPPPC

CEPCTFE

Spring Hastelloy C276

FKMPTFE

PTFE+EPDM

P6

316 SS

316 SS

EPDM


VC VEPVCCE

FKM EPDMPTFE

FKM EPDMPTFE+EPDM

Discharge pressure Stroke rate Stroke length range

mL/minCapacity

20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25) 20 - 100 (0.3 - 1.50)

GPH

mL/shot 0.09 - 0.43105

781.2

0.01 - 0.07150

120.2

0.03 - 0.13150

230.4

0.04 - 0.22105

400.6

0.06 - 0.30150

540.9

0.07 - 0.3560

631.0

Model C21B09 B11 B16 C16B21

PSI0.1 - 100 (1-180)% (spm)

% (mm)

Note 1: Each discharge capacity shown above is at discharge pressure (stroke length 100%, stroke rate 100%) and increases as a discharge pressure reduces.Note 2: The performance is based on pumping clean water at ambient temperature at rated voltage.

Specifications

Discharge pressureStroke rateStroke length range

mL/minCapacityGPH

mL/shot

Model

20 - 100 (0.2 - 1.0)

0.02 - 0.1250

250.4

B11

20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

0.03 - 0.17250

400.6

C16

PSI0.1 - 100 (1-240)% (spm)

% (mm) 20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

0.13 - 0.6373

1502.4

C31

0.1 - 100 (1-240)

B11High Pressure Models High Pressure Models (300 psi) High Viscosity Models

High Compression Models

70 - 100 (0.5 - 0.9)

0.05 - 0.07290

170.3

0.1 - 100 (1-240)

C21B11 B16 C16B21Auto Degassing Valve

0.04 - 0.08150

300.5

0.08 - 0.15105

550.9

0.12 - 0.2460

861.4

0.07 - 0.18150

651.0

0.12 - 0.31105

1101.7

0.1 - 100 (1-360)20 - 100 (0.2 - 1.0) 20 - 100 (0.25 - 1.25)

Chemicals that outgas, such as Sodium Hypochlorite or Hydrogen Peroxide, can generate enough gas to gas lock metering pumps. Using a dual check valve system, the Auto Degassing Valve vents any gas to atmosphere to eliminate gas lock conditions and keep the pump primed.

The high pressure model is capable of operating at flow rates of 0.4 or 0.6GPH (25 or 40mL/min) at a maximum discharge pressure up to 250PSI. This makes it suitable for applications such as chemical injection into boiler makeup water.

The High Viscosity pump has a uniquely designed liquid end with oversized flow paths and spring loaded valve checks. Coupled with a reduced max speed, the HV pumps are designed for polymer/coagulant injection in water treatment applications.


63. ChemicalTubingLLDPE

Polyethylene Tubing - LLDPE Tubing

.

Polyethylene Tubing - LLDPE Tubing

• Linear Low Density (LLDPE) formulations; also available in Low Density formulation (LDPE)

• Made from non-toxic ingredients conforming to FDA standards

• Does not impart a taste or odor • Flexible, lightweight, durable • Translucent natural or opaque colors • Made from 100% virgin grade raw materials • Good dielectric properties • Low density is listed by the National Sanitation

Foundation (NSF 51) • Linear Low Density Tubing offers enhanced resistance

to stress cracking • Chemically inert; forms a good barrier to gases, vapors,

and moisture • Limited stock availability; lead times and minimums may

apply – call for details. APPLICATIONS

Air Lines • Chemical Lines • Fluid Lines • Food & Beverage • Hospital Uses • Instrumentation • Laboratory Uses • OEM Large Machines • Spacers • Wire Jacketing

Physical Properties** Low Density Linear Low

Density Hardness, Shore D ±5 50 50 Tensile Strength, psi 1600 2250 Elongation at Break, % 500 600 Brittle Temperature -76°F -76°F Vicat Softening Point 201°F 196°F Max. Operating Temperature 150°F 140°F

**Values listed are typical and are meant only as a guide to aid in design. Field testing should be performed to find the actual values for the application.

LLDPE - LINEAR LOW DENSITY POLYETHYLENE TUBING


64. WalchemPosiFlowFCP-1VC


65. PushToFitfor3/8Tubex1/4MPT–F6MC4

Products Support Divisions Where to Buy About Parker

Home TRUESEAL FITTINGS Push-to-Connect all plastic FDA compliant fitting, Parker TrueSeal TrueSeal Thermoplastic Fittings

Home Investors Contact ParkerChoose Your Country English

Keyword Part Number

Search by keyword

Tube Stem Adapter

Email Product Bookmark Print Page

Part NumberF6TMC4

Shape: Connector

Style: Tube Stem to Pipe

Body Material: Kynar®

Connection 1 TubeO.D. (inch): na

Connection 1 TubeStem O.D. (inch): 3/8

Connection 1 Style: Tube Stem

Connection 2 TubeO.D. (inch): na

Connection 2 ThreadSize (inch): 1/4

Connection 2 TubeStem O.D. (inch): na

Connection 2 Tube I.D.(inch): na

Connection 2 Style: Male Pipe

Push-to-Connect all plastic FDA compliant fitting, ParkerTrueSeal

Contact UsFluid System ConnectorsDivisionFLUID SYSTEM

CONNECTORS DIVISION300 PARKER DROTSEGOMIUNITED STATES49078

Ph:269-692-6555

Fax:269-694-4614

Tech Specifications CAD Product Support

Print Product Overview

Being the world's leader in push-to-connect fitting technology Parker's TrueSeal fittings extend Parker's expertise frompneumatics to the food and potable water industry.

• Gripping teeth available in stainless steel or with and engineered thermoplastic bite edge• Acetal, Polypropylene and Kynar body material• Engineered O-ring increases seal compression on tube• EPDM seal in Acetal and Polypropylene, fluorocarbon in Kynar material• FDA Compliant• All fittings are NSF-51 listed• Gray Acetal fittings are NSF-61• 1/4" - 1/2" tube size• NPT threads• Push bitton release• Use with Polyethylene, Polypropylene, Nylon, Vinyl, Fluoropolymer, Polyurethane

Pressure Range: Acteal and Kynar up to 300 psi depending on tubingPolypropylene up to 150 psi depending on tubingTemperature Range: Acetal -20°F to +180°FPolypropylene 0°F to + 225°FKynar 0°F to +275°F

Typical Applications: Air, Water, Reverse Osmosis, beer, wine and condiment dispensing systems

Print Product Overview

Search

Reset Attributes

Where to Buy

Product Overview

Email

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.005db0d83405a82228323e10237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=991880961f66e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.02acfb1a93839962c264ddc7427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=0f6ad490a512b310VgnVCM10000014a71dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f8ba1d72adca86ed4d1f2e9876108a0c/?vgnextoid=0f3880961f66e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f830ba32f37af5fe2c5c8810427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=7de94bad565e4310VgnVCM10000014a71dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

javascript:gotoPortal('http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.b90576e27a4d71ae1bfcc510237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=c38888b5bd16e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD','10151','17054');

javascript:gotoPortal('http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.7100150cebe5bbc2d6806710237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=f5c9b5bbec622110VgnVCM10000032a71dacRCRD&vgnextcatid=1304189&vgnextcat=TRUESEAL+FITTINGS','10151','17054');

http://ph.parker.com/us/17054/en/push-to-connect-all-plastic-fda-compliant-fitting-parker-trueseal

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.b90576e27a4d71ae1bfcc510237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=c38888b5bd16e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.b90576e27a4d71ae1bfcc510237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=c38888b5bd16e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=97464&p=irol-irhome

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.e2f2dfced453a3eb30291f89237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=ef73ec35df463110VgnVCM100000c9040d0aRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN&formDivisionId=c38888b5bd16e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&formQuestionTitle=Home&formNoteFlag=N&type=Landing&formTitle=Home

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f8ba1d72adca86ed4d1f2e9876108a0c/?vgnextoid=0f3880961f66e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&radiobutton=countries&vgnextfmt=EN

http://ph.parker.com/us/17054/en/push-to-connect-all-plastic-fda-compliant-fitting-parker-trueseal

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.c6722322fe697c6315731910237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=f9f47f71ad65e210VgnVCM10000048021dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN&display=form&contactusci=28c35ac6f642a210VgnVCM10000048021dacRCRD

© Parker Hannifin Corp 2013 Site Map Safety Privacy Policies Terms & Conditions

About Parker Contact Parker Careers Working With Parker Investors News ParkerStore™ Brands

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.119cd4d9c745dfceed0ea786237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=277d3fadf2ed3110VgnVCM10000032a71dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.c9e55a6ea039d4fdfd40eae8237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=f65d904cf58b2110VgnVCM100000c9040d0aRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.4450f18f18c082cdfd40eae8237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=760b904cf58b2110VgnVCM100000c9040d0aRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.ab2358db22b75d08265ba8c5427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=2b4955b4d8876310VgnVCM10000014a71dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f830ba32f37af5fe2c5c8810427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=7de94bad565e4310VgnVCM10000014a71dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.e2f2dfced453a3eb30291f89237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=ef73ec35df463110VgnVCM100000c9040d0aRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN&formDivisionId=c38888b5bd16e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&formQuestionTitle=Home&formNoteFlag=N&type=Landing&formTitle=Home

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.e631b67dc0285c0566b049e1237ad1ca/?vgnextoid=243880961f66e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f830ba32f37af5fe2c5c8810427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=9030c9ca3d256310VgnVCM10000023cc1dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=97464&p=irol-irhome

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.ad7a3e74aabe325a65b7d9e3427ad1ca/?vgnextoid=e37fc9ca3d256310VgnVCM10000023cc1dacRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.e9f8726d34453d3680684c0a8320d1ca/?vgnextoid=acfa8e11f1b95110VgnVCM1000006d00d40aRCRD&vgnextfmt=EN

http://www.parker.com/portal/site/PARKER/menuitem.f8ba1d72adca86ed4d1f2e9876108a0c/?vgnextoid=0f3880961f66e010VgnVCM1000000308a8c0RCRD&vgnextfmt=ENt&radiobutton=brand


66. AutoventValve:Plast-O-MaticValveEAST2V6W11-PV

CATALOG EAST

Compact & Economical PTFE BellowsThermoplastic Solenoid Valve…

For applications requiring a compact,cost-effective and high-pressure ratedvalve with extended cycle life.

Features:• Compact Size: Only 4-9/16'' high, these valves

are ideal for limited space installations. • Economical: Low unit cost coupled with high

pressure ratings and considerable flow rates(Cv of 0.5 or 0.8) offer excellent opportunitiesfor systems requiring quick opening/quickclosing solenoid valves.

• High Pressures: Particularly for applicationswhere high back-pressures (up to 70 PSI) arerequired e.g. controlling flow to spray nozzles,high pressure chemical injections, etc. Inletpressure to 140 PSI.

• Unique Design: PTFE Bellows barrier typedynamic seal prevents leaking of fugitiveemissions to the atmosphere.

• Versatility: Can be used with all type solutions.Includes acids, caustics, solvents, chlorinesolutions and ultra-pure liquids. For pressure,drain or vacuum service.

• Superior Performance: 2,000,000 cycle design. • Energy Efficient: Molded 11 watt NEMA 4X style coil with DIN standard connector results in low energy consumption. • Sizes: 1/4'' and 1/2'' pipe sizes with 3/16'' (4.8 mm) or 1/4'' (6.4 mm) orifice. • Corrosion Resistant: Rugged thermoplastic construction is resistant to both internal and atmospheric corrosion.

No metal parts in wetted areas. • Safety/Dependability: Patented Fail-Dry® safety design feature provides advance visual warning if seal malfunctions,

while permitting valves to continue operating until maintenance can be scheduled. • Coil Connector Light: Can be ordered with this optional feature, which lights up brightly to show when the

solenoid is energized. • Material Construction: Bodies: PTFE Bellows solenoid valve bodies are available in PVC, Polypropylene, and

PVDF (Kynar®). Seals: Standard seal material for all Bellows solenoid valves is a special treated Viton®, so that asingle valve can handle virtually all types of solutions. Multi-purpose capability results in significant convenienceand cost-efficiency. EPDM also available.

New!

Pipe F G H I JSize In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm

1/4 & 1/2 49/16 115.9 5/8 15.9 13/16 30.2 25/32 54.8 11/2 38.1

PTFE BELLOWS THERMOPLASTIC SOLENOID VALVES

Design and Operation:Valves are spring return normally closed and direct actingwith a simple push-pull plunger design. There is no mini-mum pressure required for operation. The PTFE bellowsshaft seal eliminates the need for an elastomer seal whichcan weaken as a result of chemical attack. The PTFEbellows assures non sticking operation and exceptionallylong cycle life; over 2 million cycles. The bellows designalso allows a stock valve to be used for vacuum orpressure. The poppet seat insures bubble tight shutoff.

Pressure Rating Considerations:Inlet Pressure: Inlet pressure rating in the tables beloware at full rated line voltage for alternating current (A.C.).If line voltage is 10% lower, inlet pressure rating will beabout 30% lower. If rated pressures are exceeded thevalve will not open and the coil will burn out. Outlet (Back) Pressure: An important consideration insolenoid valve selection is back pressure rating (max.outlet) shown in the spec table. Back pressure is causedby the resistance to flow in the piping downstream of thevalve and is the most common source of solenoid valveproblems during start up. Nozzles, goosenecks, fittings,tubing, or reduced outlet piping all create restrictions thatraise the back pressure so these sources must beconsidered in planning a piping system. Although theEAST valve is capable of handling high back pressures,values shown in the spec table should not be exceeded.

W11 Coil: This new continuous duty NEMA 4X style coil is water anddust tight, and is suited for corrosive atmospheres com-patible with polyester. Most coils CSA certified.

Temperature Reference Material:The chart below is to provide overall guidelines on variousthermoplastics relative to their pressure and temperaturerelationships. The information should be used to deter-mine limitations of the various materials.

1384 Pompton Ave., Cedar Grove, NJ 07009-1095(973) 256-3000 • Fax (973) 256-4745www.plastomatic.com

10/06

NOTES:1) All Model Numbers must be completed with body material at the

end as follows: PVC with “–PV”, Polypropylene with “–PP” andPVDF (Kynar®) with “–PF”. ex: EAST2V6W11-PV.

2) The Model Numbers listed show Viton seals. For EPDM seals(optional) change “V” to “EP”. ex: EAST2EP6W11.

3) Model Numbers shown with “W11” (water & dust tight NEMA 4Xstyle coil).

4) Valves are rated for full vacuum of 30'' of mercury (Hg). 5) Standard voltages are 110/50, 220/50, 120/60, 230/50, 240/60 AC

and 24 VDC (DC coil not recommended with 1/4" orifice). For othervoltages, minimum quantities required.

AUTHORIZED PLAST-O-MATIC DISTRIBUTOR

Insulation Class: FCoil Surface Temperature: 185°F (85°C)

Max. Allowable Ambient Temperature: 104°F (40°C)VA Inrush: 66 VA Holding: 24

*NATURAL POLYPROPYLENE N.R. = NOT RECOMMENDED

Pipe A B C D ESize In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm

1/4 & 1/2 11/2 38.1 3/4 19.0 25/8 66.7 15/8 41.3 15/16 58.7

Pipe Orifice Size Max. Inlet Max. Outlet Model NumberSize In. mm Watts Cv PSI / Bar PSI / Bar w/Viton® Seals

1/4'' 3/16 4.8 11 0.5 140 / 9.5 70 / 4.8 EAST2V6W11

1/4'' 1/4 6.4 11 0.8 70 / 4.8 60 / 4.1 EAST2V8W11

1/2'' 3/16 4.8 11 0.5 140 / 9.5 70 / 4.8 EAST4V6W11

1/2'' 1/4 6.4 11 0.8 70 / 4.8 60 / 4.1 EAST4V8W11

Specifications & Model Numbers:

Design and Operation:

Sample Specification: Thermoplastic [enter valve body material here]solenoid valve, [enter pipe size here] NPT threads is to be the direct-acting, shield core design. No minimum pressure nor pressuredifferential is required for operation. The solenoid valve is to have twoprimary sealing components, a PTFE bellows dynamic seal with [enterViton or EPDM] poppet seat and a secondary elastomer diaphragmback-up seal with a Fail-Dry® advance warning safety vent. Each valveis to be individually tested for leaks. As manufactured by Plast-O-MaticValves, Inc., Cedar Grove, NJ.

SIDE TOP BOTTOM

D

F

I

G

E

J A

C

B

H # 10-24THREADS5/8" DEEP

MATERIAL TEMPERATURE VS. PRESSUREMaximum Inlet Pressure and Temperature

MAT’L MAX. TEMP. 75°F (24°C) 110°F (43°C) 140°F (60°C) 180°F (82°C) 220°F (105°C) 240°F (116°C) 284°F (140°C)RATING PSI BARS PSI BARS PSI BARS PSI BARS PSI BARS PSI BARS PSI BARS

PVC 140°F ( 60°C) 140 9,6 100 6,8 40 2,7 N.R N.R. N.R N.R. N.R N.R. N.R N.R.

PP* 180°F ( 82°C) 140 9,6 100 6,8 80 5,4 40 2,7 N.R N.R. N.R N.R. N.R N.R.

PVDF 284°F (140°C) 140 9,6 130 8,8 120 8,2 100 6,8 60 4,1 30 2,0 10 0,7


67. BannerLevelSensor–T30UIPAQ

U-GAGE T30 Series Proximity Mode Models

U-GAGE™ T30 Series with Analog and Discrete OutputsUltrasonic Sensors with TEACH-Mode Programming

Printed in USA 01/03 P/N 57438 Rev. C

U-GAGE T30 Series Features• Fast, easy-to-use TEACH-mode programming; no potentiometer adjustments

• Program both outputs together or independently, with either an upward or adownward analog output slope

• Remote TEACH input for security and convenience

• Choose models with 150 mm to 1 m range (7.9" to 39.4") or 300 mm to 2 mrange (11.8" to 78.7")

• Wide operating temperature range of -20° to +70°C (-13° to +158°F)

• Choose models with NPN or PNP discrete output, plus 0 to 10V dc or 4 to 20 mAsourcing analog output

• LED indicators for Power ON/OFF; Signal Strength; and Analog/Discrete OutputsConducting

• Choose 2 m (6.5') or 9 m (30') integral unterminated cable or 5-pin Euro-style QDconnector

• Compact, self-contained sensor package

• Rugged design for use in demanding sensing environments; rated IEC IP67, NEMA 6P

*NOTES:• 9 m (30') cables are available by adding suffix “W/30” to the model number of any cabled sensor (e.g., T30UINA/30).• A model with a QD connector requires an optional mating cable, see page 9.

Ultrasonic, 228 or 128 kHz

ModelsRange andFrequency Cable*

SupplyVoltage Discrete Output Analog Output Response Time

T30UINAT30UINAQ

150 mm to 1 m(5.9" to 39")

228 kHz

2 m (6.5')5-pin Euro QD

12 to 24V dcNPN (sinking)

4 to 20 mASourcing

48 milliseconds

T30UIPAT30UIPAQ

2 m (6.5')5-pin Euro QD PNP (sourcing)

T30UUNAT30UUNAQ

2 m (6.5')5-pin Euro QD NPN (sinking)

0 to 10V dcSourcingT30UUPA

T30UUPAQ2 m (6.5')

5-pin Euro QD PNP (sourcing)

T30UINBT30UINBQ

300 mm to 2 m(11.8" to 79")

128 kHz


4 to 20 mASourcing

96 milliseconds

T30UIPBT30UIPBQ

2 m (6.5')5-pin Euro QD PNP (sourcing)

T30UUNBT30UUNBQ


0 to 10V dcSourcingT30UUPB

T30UUPBQ2 m (6.5')

5-pin Euro QD PNP (sourcing)15 to 24V dc

12 to 24V dc

15 to 24V dc

U-GAGE™ T30 Series with Analog and Discrete Outputs

2 P/N 57438 Rev. C

Banner Engineering Corp. • Minneapolis, MN U.S.A.www.bannerengineering.com • Tel: 763.544.3164

U-GAGE T30 Series OverviewThe U-GAGE is an easy-to-use ultrasonic sensor, ideal for demanding environments.Simple push-button programming provides flexibility for a variety of applications.Excellent for measurement applications such as sensing of liquid levels in a tank or, forexample, determining box heights for sorting purposes.

Each sensor includes both an analog and a discrete output, which may be programmedindependently with different window limits or together with identical limits. Each outputhas the option of being set with a sensing distance set point centered within a 10-mmwindow.

U-GAGE T30 Series ProgrammingWindow LimitsWindow limits may be taught to the sensor in several ways. The following methodsdescribe the programming procedures using the push buttons on the back of thesensor; remote programming (remote TEACH) procedures are described on page 4.

NOTE: When the sensor changes state between PROGRAM and RUN modes, all of theLED indicators turn OFF momentarily, before the appropriate LEDs come ON asdescribed below. The sensing window limits expand temporarily to full scale(max range) during PROGRAM mode.

Teaching Limits for Either Analog or Discrete Output1. Choose the output for the first set of window limits (analog or discrete) and push

and hold the corresponding button until the green Power LED goes OFF and theappropriate yellow Output LED turns ON (solid). This indicates the sensor is waitingfor the first limit.

2. Position the target for the first limit and briefly “click” the same button. This willteach the sensor the first limit. The yellow Output LED will flash to acknowledgereceiving the first window limit; it is now waiting for the second limit.

3. Position the target for the second limit and “click” the button again. This will teachthe sensor the second limit. The yellow Output LED turns OFF and the green PowerLED comes ON; the sensor is now in normal RUN mode.

4. Repeat for the other output (analog or discrete) if a second output is desired.

NOTE: Press and hold the same button > 2 seconds (before teaching the second limit)to exit PROGRAM mode without saving any changes. The sensor will revert tothe last saved program.

Teaching Analog or Discrete Limits Using the Auto-Zero FeatureFor some applications, a sensing distance set point centered within a minimum sensingwindow may be required. The TEACH procedure for this application is simple: teachingthe same limit twice causes the sensor to program a 10-mm window centered on theposition taught (position ±5 mm).

NOTE: The sensor allows for some forgiveness in this procedure. If the two limits arenot exactly the same (but closer than the minimum 10-mm window required),the sensor will put the set point at the “average” of the two limits.


P/N 57438 Rev. C 3Banner Engineering Corp. • Minneapolis, MN U.S.A.

www.bannerengineering.com • Tel: 763.544.3164

Teaching Identical Limits for Both Analog and Discrete Outputs SimultaneouslyTo set both the analog and the discrete outputs at exactly the same limits, both may beset simultaneously.

1. Push and hold either the Analog or the Discrete programming push button until theyellow Output LED turns ON. Push and hold the other push button until its yellowOutput LED turns ON. The sensor is waiting for the first limit.

2. Position the target for the first limit and “click” either programming push button.Both yellow LEDs will flash to acknowledge receiving the first window limit; thesensor is now waiting for the second limit.

3. Position the target for the second limit and “click” either button again to teach thesensor the second limit.

4. The green Power LED will come ON to indicate that the sensor will now function innormal RUN mode; both yellow Output LEDs will remain ON if the outputs areconducting within the window limits.

U-GAGE™

ANALOG

POWER

SIGNALOUTPUT

DISCRETE

U-GAGE™

ANALOG

POWER SIGNAL

OUTPUT

DISCRETE

Green Power ON/OFF LED

Yellow Analog Output LED

Red Signal Strength LED

Analog OutputProgramming Push Button

Yellow Discrete Output LED

Discrete (Switched) OutputProgramming Push Button

Figure 1. U-GAGE T30 Series sensor programming push buttons and indicators

General Notes on Programming:

1. The sensor will return to RUN mode if the first TEACH condition is not registeredwithin 120 seconds.

2. After the first limit is taught, the sensor will remain in PROGRAM mode until theTEACH sequence is finished.

3. Press and hold the programming push button > 2 seconds (before teaching thesecond limit) to exit PROGRAM mode without saving any changes. The sensor willrevert to the last saved program.


4 P/N 57438 Rev. C


Figure 2. Timing programs for remote TEACH programming

Teach FirstDiscrete Limit

DiscreteLimits Only

Teach SecondDiscrete Limit

Teach FirstAnalog Limit

Teach First Limits Teach Second Limits

Push Button Lockout

AnalogLimits Only

Teach SecondAnalog Limit

Analog & DiscreteTogether

Push ButtonLockout

T > 0.8 sec

> 0.8 secT T

T T TT

T T TT

T TT

T > 0.8 sec T

T T

T

0.04 sec < T < 0.8 sec

Remote Programming

To program the sensor remotely or to disable the keypad, the Remote Programmingfunction may be used. Disabling the keypad prevents anyone on the production floorfrom adjusting any of the programming settings. Connect the gray wire of the sensor to +12 to 24V dc, with a remote programming switch connected betweenthem. NOTE: The impedance of the remote teach input is 55 kΩ.

Programming is accomplished by following the sequence of input pulses. Theduration of each pulse (corresponding to a push button “click”), and the periodbetween multiple pulses, are defined as: 0.04 seconds < T < 0.8 seconds.

• 1 pulse: Programs first discrete limit. Wait > 0.8 sec. Next pulse programssecond discrete limit.

• 2 pulses: Programs first analog limit. Wait > 0.8 sec. Next pulse programs second analog limit.

• 3 pulses: Programs first analog and discrete limit. Wait > 0.8 sec. Next pulseprograms second analog and discrete limit.

• 4 pulses: Disables (locks out) or enables the keypad for security.

NOTE: Hold the Remote line high > 2 seconds (before teaching the second limit) to exitPROGRAM mode without saving any changes. The sensor will revert to the lastsaved program.




RUN Mode

NOTE: All LED indicators momentarily go OFF when sensor changes state betweenPROGRAM and RUN modes.

Signal LEDThe red Signal LED indicates the strength and condition of the sensor’s incomingsignal.

Signal LED Status Indicates

OFFNo signal is received, or the target is beyond the range limitationsof the sensor (with some tolerance beyond the recommendedminimum and maximum sensing distance)

Flashing Relative received signal strength

Power ON/OFF LED Indicates

OFF Power is OFF (or in PROGRAM mode, if other LEDs are ON)

ON Solid Sensor is operating normally (power is ON, RUN mode)

Output LEDsEach yellow Output LED lights when a target is sensed within the programmed windowlimits.

Power ON/OFF LEDThe green Power ON/OFF LED indicates the operating status of the sensor.

Analog Output

The U-GAGE T30 Series sensor may be programmed for either a positive or a negativeoutput slope, based on which condition is taught first (see Figure 3). If the near limit istaught first, the slope will be positive; if the far limit is taught first, the slope will benegative. Banner’s scalable analog output automatically distributes the output signal overthe width of the programmed sensing window.

The U-GAGE T30 also features a 2-second hold upon loss of the analog signal, which isuseful for harsh and unstable applications. In the event of analog signal loss for longerthan 2 seconds, the analog output goes to 3.6 mA or 0V dc, which may be used to triggeran alarm.

Self-Diagnostic Error Mode

In the unlikely event of a microprocessor memory error, all of the LEDs will flash insequence. If this occurs, the setup parameters have been lost and the sensor may becorrupt. Contact your Banner representative for further information.

0

NearWindow

FarWindow

10

Target Position

Anal

og O

utpu

t (V

dc) Positive

Slope

Voltage-Sourcing Models

Figure 3. Output current as a function oftarget position

NOTE: The analog current output tracksslightly past each window limit(from 3.8 to 20.5 mA).

4

NearWindow

FarWindow

20

Target Position

Anal

og O

utpu

t (m

A)

PositiveSlope

Current-Sourcing Models

Flashing Discrete output is overloaded (RUN mode)


6 P/N 57438 Rev. C


U-GAGE T30 Series SpecificationsProximity Mode Range

Supply Voltage Current-sourcing analog output models: 12 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple) at 90 mA, exclusive of loadVoltage-sourcing analog output models: 15 to 24V dc (10% max. ripple) at 90 mA, exclusive of load

Supply Protection Circuitry Protected against reverse polarity and transient voltages

Output Configurations Discrete (switched) output: SPST solid-state switch conducts when target is sensed within sensingwindow; choose NPN (current sinking) or PNP (current sourcing) modelsAnalog output: Choose 0 to 10V dc sourcing or 4 to 20 mA sourcing output models; output slope may beselected via TEACH sequence (see Window Limit Programming on pages 2-4)

Output Ratings Discrete (switched) output: 100 mA maximumOff-state leakage current: less than 5 microampsOn-state saturation voltage: less than 1V at 10 mA and less than 1.5V at 100 mA

Analog output: Voltage sourcing: 0 to 10V dc (at 1K ohm minimum resistance)Current sourcing: 4 to 20 mA, 1 ohm to Rmax

Rmax = Vsupply - 7V20 mA

Output Response Time Discrete output:“A” suffix models: 48 milliseconds“B” suffix models: 96 milliseconds

Analog output: “A” suffix models: 48 milliseconds average, 16-millisecond update“B” suffix models: 96 milliseconds average, 32-millisecond update

Sensing Performance(Specified using a 10 cm x 10 cmaluminum target at 25ºC underfixed sensing conditions.)

Analog sensing resolution: ±0.25% of measured distanceAnalog linearity: ±0.5% of full-scale sensing rangeSensing repeatability: ±0.25% of distanceMinimum window size: 10 mm (0.4")Hysteresis of discrete output: 2.5 mm (0.10")

Adjustments Sensing window limits (analog or discrete): TEACH-mode programming of near and far window limitsmay be set using membrane push buttons on sensor or remotely via TEACH input (see pages 2-4).Discrete and analog window limits may be programmed separately, or together.

Analog output slope: the first limit taught is assigned to the minimum output value (4 mA or 0V)

“A” suffix models: 150 mm (5.9") min. near limit; 1 m (39") max. far limit“B” suffix models: 300 mm (11.8") min. near limit; 2 m (79") max. far limit

Output Protection Protected against continuous overload and short-circuit; transient over-voltage; no false pulse on power-up

Indicators Four status LEDs:In RUN mode:

Green ON = Power ON, RUN modeFlashing = Discrete output is overloaded

Red Flashing = Relative received signal strengthYellow analog ON = Target is inside window limitsYellow discrete ON = Output conducting

In Program mode: Green OFF = PROGRAM modeRed Flashing = Relative received signal strength

ON = Ready for first window limitYellow analog Flashing = Ready for second limit

OFF = Not teaching analog limitsON = Ready for first window limit

Yellow discrete Flashing = Ready for second limitOFF = Not teaching discrete limits




U-GAGE T30 Series Specifications (continued)Construction

Environmental Rating Leakproof design is rated IEC IP67; NEMA 6P

Molded reinforced thermoplastic polyester housing

Vibration andMechanical Shock

All models meet Mil. Std. 202F requirements. Method 201A (Vibration: 10 to 60Hz max., double amplitude0.06", maximum acceleration 10G). Also meets IEC 947-5-2 requirements: 30G, 11 ms duration, half sine wave.

Operating Conditions Temperature: -20° to +70° C (-4° to 158° F)Maximum relative humidity: 100%

Application Notes Objects passing inside the specified near limit will produce a false response.NOTE: For more information about out-of-range and signal loss response of the analog output, see page 5.

Connections 2 m (6.5') or 9 m (30') 5-conductor PVC-covered attached cable, or 5-pin Euro-style quick-disconnectfitting (see page 9 for optional quick-disconnect cables)

U-GAGE T30 Series Performance CurvesU-GAGE T30 Effective Beam with Plate Target (Typical)

1-Meter Models 2-Meter Models

U-GAGE T30 Effective Beam with Rod Target (Typical)1-Meter Models 2-Meter Models

0

0 200 mm(8.0 in)

400 mm(16.0 in)

600 mm(24.0 in)

800 mm(32.0 in)

1000 mm(40.0 in)

50 mm

50 mm

100 mm

100 mm

150 mm

150 mm

200 mm

200 mm

0

2.0 in

2.0 in

4.0 in

4.0 in

6.0 in

6.0 in

8.0 in

8.0 in

100 x 100 mm

10 x 10 mmWidth

Distance

0

0 400 mm(16.0 in)

800 mm(32.0 in)

1200 mm(48.0 in)

1600 mm(64.0 in)

2000 mm(80.0 in)

100 mm

100 mm

200 mm

200 mm

300 mm

300 mm

400 mm

400 mm

0

4.0 in

4.0 in

8.0 in

8.0 in

12.0 in

12.0 in

16.0 in

16.0 in

100 x 100 mm

Width

Distance

0

0 200 mm(8.0 in)

400 mm(16.0 in)

600 mm(24.0 in)

800 mm(32.0 in)

1000 mm(40.0 in)

50 mm

50 mm

100 mm

100 mm

150 mm

150 mm

200 mm

200 mm

0

2.0 in

2.0 in

4.0 in

4.0 in

6.0 in

6.0 in

8.0 in

8.0 in

25 mm Rod

10 mm RodWidth

Distance

0

0 400 mm(16.0 in)

800 mm(32.0 in)

1200 mm(48.0 in)

1600 mm(64.0 in)

2000 mm(80.0 in)

100 mm

100 mm

200 mm

200 mm

300 mm

300 mm

400 mm

400 mm

0

4.0 in

4.0 in

8.0 in

8.0 in

12.0 in

12.0 in

16.0 in

16.0 in

25 mm Rod

Width

Distance

Certifications


8 P/N 57438 Rev. C


Jam Nut(Supplied)

11.5 mm(0.45")

M30 x 1.5Thread

ø 15 mm(0.59")

ø 40.0 mm(1.57")

45.0 mm(1.77") 51.5 mm

(2.03")66.5 mm(2.62 in)

U-GAGE T30 Series Dimensions

Cabled Models Quick-Disconnect Models

U-GAGE T30 Series Hookups

12-24V dc–

+

Remote Teach

bu

wh

bk

bn

gy

Analog†

Discrete††

shield*

Cabled NPN

12-24V dc–

+

Remote Teach

bu

wh

bk

bn

gy

Analog†

Discrete††

shield*

12-24V dc–

+

Remote Teach

bu

wh

bk

bn

gy

Analog†

Discrete††

shield*

12-24V dc–

+

Remote Teach

bu

wh

bk

bn

gy

Analog†

Discrete††

shield*

Cabled PNP

Quick-Disconnect NPN Quick-Disconnect PNP

† 4-20 mA or 0-10V dc†† 100 mA maximum*It is recommended that the shield wire be connected to earth groundor dc common.




Quick-Disconnect (QD) Cables

Accessories

5-Pin Euro-style

Right-anglewith shield

5-Pin Euro-styleStraight

with shield

MQDEC2-506MQDEC2-515MQDEC2-530

2 m (6.5')5 m (15')9 m (30')

Style Model Length Connector

MQDEC2-506RAMQDEC2-515RAMQDEC2-530RA

2 m (6.5')5 m (15')9 m (30')

Style Model

M12 x 1

ø 15 mm(0.6")

44 mm max.(1.7")

Length Connector

38 mm max.(1.5")

M12 x 1

ø 15 mm(0.6")

38 mm max.(1.5")

Mounting Brackets

SMB30A • Angled-mount bracket• Stainless steel SMB1815SF

• Compact 30 mm split clamp with swivel, blackreinforced thermoplastic polyester

• Stainless steel hardware included

ø 30.5 mm(1.20")

38.5 mm(1.52")

61 mm(2.40")

69 mm(2.70")

30°

45 mm(1.8")

R 40 mm(1.58")

ø 6.3 mm(0.25")*

6.3 mm(0.25")*

* Use 5 mm (#10) screws to mount bracket.Drill screw holes 40.0 mm (1.58") apart.

7.6 mm(0.30")

36.0 mm(1.42")

50.8 mm(2.00")

42.0 mm(1.65")

22.9 mm(0.9")

25.4 mm(1.00")

10.6 mm(0.42")

ø15.0 mm(0.59")


10 P/N 57438 Rev. C


SMB30C SMB30SC

56.0 mm(2.20")

63.0 mm(2.48")

45.0 mm(1.77")

2.5 mm(0.10")

31.5 mm(1.24")

Nut Plate

M5 x 0.8x 80 mm

Screw (2)

13 mm(0.5")

13.5 mm(0.53")

50.8 mm(2.00")

58.7 mm(2.31")

66.5 mm(2.62")

30.0 mm(1.18")

30 x 1.5 mminternal thread

29.0 mm(1.14")

12.7 mm(0.50")

• 30 mm split clamp with swivel, black reinforcedthermoplastic polyester


• 30 mm split clamp, black reinforced thermoplasticpolyester


Mounting Brackets


Banner Engineering Corp., 9714 Tenth Ave. No., Mpls, MN 55441 • Ph: 763.544.3164 • www.bannerengineering.com • [email protected]

WARRANTY: Banner Engineering Corp. warrants its products to be free from defects for one year. Banner Engineering Corp. will repair orreplace, free of charge, any product of its manufacture found to be defective at the time it is returned to the factory during the warranty period.This warranty does not cover damage or liability for the improper application of Banner products. This warranty is in lieu of any other warrantyeither expressed or implied.

WARNING . . . Not To Be Used for Personnel ProtectionNever use these products as sensing devices for personnel protection. Doing so could lead to serious injury or death.

These sensors do NOT include the self-checking redundant circuitry necessary to allow their use in personnel safety applications.A sensor failure or malfunction can cause either an energized or de-energized sensor output condition. Consult your current Banner SafetyProducts catalog for safety products which meet OSHA, ANSI and IEC standards for personnel protection.

!

P/N 57438 Rev. C


68. ColderMale/FemaleTankFitting:NSHD24012/NSHD17012

Non-Spill, High Flow, Polypropylene Quick Disconnect Couplings

CPC®’s patented NSH Series quick disconnect couplings feature a pressure-balanced non-spill design, and a 100% metal-free, spring-free flow path at a very competitiveprice. You can depend on these innovative couplings for ease-of-use, high flowcapacity and single-handed operation. The NSH Series non-spill design virtuallyeliminates spills, minimizes downtime and enhances operator safety.

The NSH Series is based on the award winning ChemQuik™ CQN Series high puritycouplings. CPC also offers over 1000 off-the-shelf products in many designs andmaterials, with additional custom solutions to meet your exact needs.

FEATURES BENEFITSAll-plastic 100% metal-free and spring-free High flow, low turbulence, and no flow path corrosion.

Patented non-spill design Fluid lines can be instantly disconnectedunder pressure and hazardous spills arevirtually eliminated.

Large flow capacity (~3.0 Cv ) High flow and low turbulence all in acompact package.

Easy-to-use thumb latch Single-hand connect/disconnect of fluid lines is no longer a problem.

Glass-filled polypropylene Durable and compatible with many chemicals.

EPDM seals; FKM seal options Compatible with many chemicals.

In-line and panel mount versions Flexibility in system design.

Vibration-resistant panel mount adapter A separate panel mount adapter canattach to bodies and/or inserts. Reducesinventory, and can be field installed.Special design reduces loosening through vibration.

Color-coding Reduce accidents from incorrectconnections.

High value/low cost Bulky, spill-prone valves and fittings can be eliminated, reducing system size and cost.

Chemical Fluid Applications:

• Industrial laundry• Battery filling• DI / Ultra pure water• Dry cleaning equipment• Photographic chemical

transfer• Waste drain lines• Chemical plants• Portable chemical carts• CDA or nitrogen lines• Plating equipment• IBC (tote) connections• Manual bottle filling• Chemical delivery systems• Fuel cells• Laboratory uses• Agricultural chemical

transfer

U.S. Patent No. 6024124, 6082401, 6161578, 357307

Copyright © 2003 by Colder Products Company. Colder Products Company, Colder Products and CPC are registered trademarks with the US Patent & Trademark Office.

Contact CPC today for your free catalog, or your local distributorby calling toll-free 1-800-444-2474.

WARNING: Due to the wide variety of possible fluid media and operatingconditions, unintended consequencesmay result from the use of this product,all of which are beyond the control of CPC. It is the user's responsibility to carefully determine and test forcompatibility for use with theirapplication. All such risks shall beassumed by the buyer.

WARRANTY: All sales are subject toColder Products Company’s limitedexpress warranty set forth in the CPC catalog. Contact your localdistributor or CPC Customer Service for warranty provisions.

Contact the factory forred or blue color-codedNSH couplings.

Panel Mount Kit With Panel Seal NSH PMKIT 12 Dust Plug/Cap For Body or Insert 1800700

Accessories

Coupling BodiesIn-Line

TUBING SIZE TERMINATION TYPE PART NO. LENGTH

3/8” OD Compression NSHD13006 3.971/2” OD Compression NSHD13008 4.103/8” ID Hose Barb NSHD17006 3.731/2” ID Hose Barb NSHD17008 3.73

1/2” NPT Male NPT Thread NSHD10008 3.81 3/8” NPT Female NPT Thread NSHD19006 3.703/8” BSPT Male BSPT Thread NSHD10006BSPT 3.67

Coupling InsertsIn-Line

(panel mount kit can be used with body or insert above)A 2.00 inch (50.8mm) hole must be bored in the panel/container. Maximum panel

thickness is .50 inch (12.7mm). Minimum panel thickness is .12 inch (3.1mm).

NSH Series SpecificationsOperating Pressure: Vacuum to 120 psi, 8.3 barOperating Temperature: 32° to 120°F/ 0° to 49°CFlow Capacity: Cv + 3.0 (see graph)Spillage: < 0.10 cc/disconnect Materials:Main Components: Polypropylene,

glass-filled polypropyleneO-ring Seals: EPDMPanel Mount Seal: EPDMOptional Seal Materials: FKMSprings (not in flow path): 316 Stainless SteelLubricants: Krytox® PFPE (inert)Panel Mount Nut: HDPEPanel Mount Adapter: HDPEMounting & Terminations: In-line and sealing panel mountTerminations: 3/8", 1/2" OD compression, 3/8", 1/2" ID hose barb, 1/2" male

and 3/8" female NPT thread, 3/8" male BSPT thread

5.0

7.6 22.7Water Flow (lpm)

Water Flow (gpm)

Pres

sure

Dro

p (p

si)

Pres

sure

Dro

p (b

ar)

Flow Performance

37.9 53.0 68.1

2.0 6.0 10.0 14.0 18.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

0.34

0.69

1.03

1.38

1.72

NSH Polypro Series CouplingsAll measurements are in inches unless otherwise noted.

TUBING SIZE TERMINATION TYPE PART NO. LENGTH

3/8” OD Compression NSHD20006 4.141/2” OD Compression NSHD20008 4.273/8” ID Hose Barb NSHD22006 3.901/2” ID Hose Barb NSHD22008 3.90

1/2” NPT Male NPT Thread NSHD24008 3.983/8” NPT Female NPT Thread NSHD26006 3.873/8” BSPT Male BSPT Thread NSHD24006BSPT 3.84

Colder Products Company1001 Westgate DriveSt. Paul, Minnesota 55114U.S.A.Phone: 651-645-0091Fax: 651-645-5404Toll Free: [email protected]

Colder Products Company GmbHSchmalweg 50D-55252 Mainz-KastelGermanyPhone: +49-6134-2878-0Fax: [email protected]

Colder Products Company Asia11A, Vista CourtLa Vista, Discovery BayHong KongPhone: 852-9436-5986Fax: [email protected]

ISO 9001CERTIFIED

Copyright © 2003 by Colder Products Company. Colder Products Company, Colder Products andCPC are registered trademarks with the US Patent & Trademark Office. ChemQuik™ is a registeredtrademark of Colder Products Company. Krytox® is a registered trademark of DuPont.

7/03 CC/2000Printed in U.S.A. SSCP058


69. DoubleContainedPolyethelyneChemicalTank,20Gallon

ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION

QTY

.

1 GEMINI², 20G INNER TANK 1

2 GEMINI², 20G OUTER TANK 1

3 RED CAPLUG / O-RING SUB-ASSY 2

4 2" FNPT SPIN WELD FITTING, PE 2

5 2" THREADED PLUG, PE 2

6 8" TWIST LID ASSEMBLY 1

7 1 1/4" CAPLUG / GROMMET SUB-ASSY 1

8 LOGO 1

9 PLUG, 1/4" NPT, RED CAPLUG 1

TRIMETRIC VIEWEXPLODED

TOP LEVEL ASSEMBLY BOM

20 GALLONGEMINI²

PART NUMBER

BLUE NATURAL

STANDARD (1.5 SPG) 01-29333 01-29371

HD (1.9 SPG) 01-30052 01-30056

2

C

MSM 11/25/13

LLDPE

20 GALLON GEMINI² TANK ASSEMBLY

PEABODY STANDARD-

1

GEMINI²PEABODY 20 GALLON

SEE TABLEDRAWING#:

D

C

B

AA

B

C

D

12345678

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

AVAILABLE WITH FRP WRAP

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THISALTERNATIVE VERSIONS

MATERIALS: XLPE, PPL, PVDFCOLORS: NATURAL, BLUE OR BLACK

PROHIBITED.

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL

PEABODY ENGINEERING IS WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OFREPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLEPEABODY ENGINEERING. ANY DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF

THREE PLACE DECIMAL: ± .063

TANK MATERIAL:

CUSTOMER PO#

DRAWN

CHECKED

ENG APPR.

MFG APPR.

Q.A.

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES

TWO PLACE DECIMAL: ± .125ONE PLACE DECIMAL: ± .25ANGULAR: ± .5°TOLERANCES: ±1/4"

CALL FOR PART NUMBERS

DATENAME

BSCALE: 1:12

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING

PROJECT:

DESC.SIZE REV.

CUSTOMER:

SITE/LOCATION:

SHEET OF

INNER TANK S/N:

OUTER TANK S/N:

NOTES:CAPACITY: 20 GAL. NOMINAL1.APPROXIMATE WEIGHT: 27 LBS2.TANK MATERIAL: LLDPE W/ UV INHIBITOR3.SERVICE PRESSURE: ATMOSPHERIC4.

ISO VIEWASSEMBLED 8

1

6

5

4

54

3

3

7

2

9

PLAN VIEW

2 2

PROJECT:

D

C

B

AA

B

C

D

12345678

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SCALE: 1:12

20G GEMINI², ASSEMBLY FOR CUSTOMER, REV. C

SHEET OF

RED CAPLUG

2" SPINWELD

8" TWIST LID2" SPINWELD

CONNECTION

RED CAPLUG

PUMP SUCTION

1/4" THREADED PLUG

18"

18"

A A

SECTION A-A SCALE 1 : 6

16"PRIMARY TANK

24"

22 14 "


At 02-Tri-299-3.6

Identified by









s121212

Line

s121212

Rectangle

Memorandum

5/29/2020

Domestic Water Filtration System (DWFS)

Francis B. Mathews Safety Roadside Rest Area

02-4H620 (02 1400 0029)

TRI-299-3.56

Re: Price quotes* valid thru 06/30/2021 by BWS, Inc. for the following:

DWFS: Model BWS-Salyer-2019, Complete water treatment plant

Control Station: Control center

Remove existing equipment: Demolition, removal, and disposal of the existing equipment

* Price quotes are shown on next page (Page 1 of 1)

of 1

TEL. 530.244.1453 FAX 530.722.4232 8715 AIRPORT RD., SUITE B,

REDDING, CA, 96002

s

Mike Mogen, P.E. Project Manager, Lassen County 1031 Butte Street, MS# 93 Redding, CA Office: 530-225-2543 Fax: 530-225-3324 Dear Mike, Thank you for considering BWS, Inc. as a provider of pre-engineered water treatment plants for the Francis B. Mathews State Roadside Rest Area. We are pleased to provide the following three quotes per your direction and are as follows:

Quote for one control center including all programable logic controls, operator interface, stainless steel cabinets, power protection, fusing, instrument power supply, instrument power uninterruptable power supply, backup battery, sensors, sensor installation fittings (specials as required), sensor connecting cables, cable tray and miscellaneous support material. Installation is not included. Training is included (duration and frequency are specified elsewhere). The price quoted and fully paid for is valid thru 06/30/2021 and is $135,000.00 Quote for one complete water treatment plant including all programable logic controls, operator interface, stainless steel cabinets, power protection, fusing, instrument power supply, instrument power uninterruptable power supply, backup battery sensors, sensor installation fittings, sensor connecting cables, cable tray, plumbing, stainless steel frame, stainless steel plumbing, stainless steel valves, pneumatic actuators, filter vessels, filter media and miscellaneous support material. Installation, commissioning, regulatory compliance documentation, and training is included (duration and frequency are specified elsewhere). The price quoted and fully paid for is valid thru 06/30/2021 and is $187,500.00 Quote for one complete water treatment plant including all programable logic controls, operator interface, stainless steel cabinets, power protection, fusing, instrument power supply, instrument power uninterruptable power supply, backup battery sensors, sensor installation fittings, sensor connecting cables, cable tray, plumbing, stainless steel frame, stainless steel plumbing, stainless steel valves, pneumatic actuators, filter vessels, filter media and miscellaneous support material. Demolition and disposal of the existing equipment is included. Installation, commissioning, regulatory compliance documentation, and training is included (duration and frequency are specified elsewhere). The price quoted and fully paid for is valid thru 06/30/2021 and is $206,250.00

I hope you find this document to be satisfactory and complete. Thank you, Chris Beebe

information handout - bidnet

Documents